mirror of
git://gcc.gnu.org/git/gcc.git
synced 2024-12-17 01:49:03 +08:00
31a1fdad32
* cppinit.c (cpp_init): Don't use ANSI prototypes. * flow.c (flow_dump_loop): Likewise. (flow_loops_dump): Likewise. From-SVN: r36480
8326 lines
228 KiB
C
8326 lines
228 KiB
C
/* Data flow analysis for GNU compiler.
|
||
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
||
1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of GNU CC.
|
||
|
||
GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||
any later version.
|
||
|
||
GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
||
the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
||
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
||
|
||
/* This file contains the data flow analysis pass of the compiler. It
|
||
computes data flow information which tells combine_instructions
|
||
which insns to consider combining and controls register allocation.
|
||
|
||
Additional data flow information that is too bulky to record is
|
||
generated during the analysis, and is used at that time to create
|
||
autoincrement and autodecrement addressing.
|
||
|
||
The first step is dividing the function into basic blocks.
|
||
find_basic_blocks does this. Then life_analysis determines
|
||
where each register is live and where it is dead.
|
||
|
||
** find_basic_blocks **
|
||
|
||
find_basic_blocks divides the current function's rtl into basic
|
||
blocks and constructs the CFG. The blocks are recorded in the
|
||
basic_block_info array; the CFG exists in the edge structures
|
||
referenced by the blocks.
|
||
|
||
find_basic_blocks also finds any unreachable loops and deletes them.
|
||
|
||
** life_analysis **
|
||
|
||
life_analysis is called immediately after find_basic_blocks.
|
||
It uses the basic block information to determine where each
|
||
hard or pseudo register is live.
|
||
|
||
** live-register info **
|
||
|
||
The information about where each register is live is in two parts:
|
||
the REG_NOTES of insns, and the vector basic_block->global_live_at_start.
|
||
|
||
basic_block->global_live_at_start has an element for each basic
|
||
block, and the element is a bit-vector with a bit for each hard or
|
||
pseudo register. The bit is 1 if the register is live at the
|
||
beginning of the basic block.
|
||
|
||
Two types of elements can be added to an insn's REG_NOTES.
|
||
A REG_DEAD note is added to an insn's REG_NOTES for any register
|
||
that meets both of two conditions: The value in the register is not
|
||
needed in subsequent insns and the insn does not replace the value in
|
||
the register (in the case of multi-word hard registers, the value in
|
||
each register must be replaced by the insn to avoid a REG_DEAD note).
|
||
|
||
In the vast majority of cases, an object in a REG_DEAD note will be
|
||
used somewhere in the insn. The (rare) exception to this is if an
|
||
insn uses a multi-word hard register and only some of the registers are
|
||
needed in subsequent insns. In that case, REG_DEAD notes will be
|
||
provided for those hard registers that are not subsequently needed.
|
||
Partial REG_DEAD notes of this type do not occur when an insn sets
|
||
only some of the hard registers used in such a multi-word operand;
|
||
omitting REG_DEAD notes for objects stored in an insn is optional and
|
||
the desire to do so does not justify the complexity of the partial
|
||
REG_DEAD notes.
|
||
|
||
REG_UNUSED notes are added for each register that is set by the insn
|
||
but is unused subsequently (if every register set by the insn is unused
|
||
and the insn does not reference memory or have some other side-effect,
|
||
the insn is deleted instead). If only part of a multi-word hard
|
||
register is used in a subsequent insn, REG_UNUSED notes are made for
|
||
the parts that will not be used.
|
||
|
||
To determine which registers are live after any insn, one can
|
||
start from the beginning of the basic block and scan insns, noting
|
||
which registers are set by each insn and which die there.
|
||
|
||
** Other actions of life_analysis **
|
||
|
||
life_analysis sets up the LOG_LINKS fields of insns because the
|
||
information needed to do so is readily available.
|
||
|
||
life_analysis deletes insns whose only effect is to store a value
|
||
that is never used.
|
||
|
||
life_analysis notices cases where a reference to a register as
|
||
a memory address can be combined with a preceding or following
|
||
incrementation or decrementation of the register. The separate
|
||
instruction to increment or decrement is deleted and the address
|
||
is changed to a POST_INC or similar rtx.
|
||
|
||
Each time an incrementing or decrementing address is created,
|
||
a REG_INC element is added to the insn's REG_NOTES list.
|
||
|
||
life_analysis fills in certain vectors containing information about
|
||
register usage: REG_N_REFS, REG_N_DEATHS, REG_N_SETS, REG_LIVE_LENGTH,
|
||
REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED and REG_BASIC_BLOCK.
|
||
|
||
life_analysis sets current_function_sp_is_unchanging if the function
|
||
doesn't modify the stack pointer. */
|
||
|
||
/* TODO:
|
||
|
||
Split out from life_analysis:
|
||
- local property discovery (bb->local_live, bb->local_set)
|
||
- global property computation
|
||
- log links creation
|
||
- pre/post modify transformation
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#include "config.h"
|
||
#include "system.h"
|
||
#include "tree.h"
|
||
#include "rtl.h"
|
||
#include "tm_p.h"
|
||
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
||
#include "basic-block.h"
|
||
#include "insn-config.h"
|
||
#include "regs.h"
|
||
#include "flags.h"
|
||
#include "output.h"
|
||
#include "function.h"
|
||
#include "except.h"
|
||
#include "toplev.h"
|
||
#include "recog.h"
|
||
#include "insn-flags.h"
|
||
#include "expr.h"
|
||
#include "ssa.h"
|
||
|
||
#include "obstack.h"
|
||
#include "splay-tree.h"
|
||
|
||
#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
|
||
#define obstack_chunk_free free
|
||
|
||
/* EXIT_IGNORE_STACK should be nonzero if, when returning from a function,
|
||
the stack pointer does not matter. The value is tested only in
|
||
functions that have frame pointers.
|
||
No definition is equivalent to always zero. */
|
||
#ifndef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
|
||
#define EXIT_IGNORE_STACK 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef HAVE_epilogue
|
||
#define HAVE_epilogue 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef HAVE_prologue
|
||
#define HAVE_prologue 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef HAVE_sibcall_epilogue
|
||
#define HAVE_sibcall_epilogue 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifndef LOCAL_REGNO
|
||
#define LOCAL_REGNO(REGNO) 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef EPILOGUE_USES
|
||
#define EPILOGUE_USES(REGNO) 0
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* The contents of the current function definition are allocated
|
||
in this obstack, and all are freed at the end of the function.
|
||
For top-level functions, this is temporary_obstack.
|
||
Separate obstacks are made for nested functions. */
|
||
|
||
extern struct obstack *function_obstack;
|
||
|
||
/* Number of basic blocks in the current function. */
|
||
|
||
int n_basic_blocks;
|
||
|
||
/* Number of edges in the current function. */
|
||
|
||
int n_edges;
|
||
|
||
/* The basic block array. */
|
||
|
||
varray_type basic_block_info;
|
||
|
||
/* The special entry and exit blocks. */
|
||
|
||
struct basic_block_def entry_exit_blocks[2]
|
||
= {{NULL, /* head */
|
||
NULL, /* end */
|
||
NULL, /* pred */
|
||
NULL, /* succ */
|
||
NULL, /* local_set */
|
||
NULL, /* global_live_at_start */
|
||
NULL, /* global_live_at_end */
|
||
NULL, /* aux */
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK, /* index */
|
||
0, /* loop_depth */
|
||
-1, -1, /* eh_beg, eh_end */
|
||
0 /* count */
|
||
},
|
||
{
|
||
NULL, /* head */
|
||
NULL, /* end */
|
||
NULL, /* pred */
|
||
NULL, /* succ */
|
||
NULL, /* local_set */
|
||
NULL, /* global_live_at_start */
|
||
NULL, /* global_live_at_end */
|
||
NULL, /* aux */
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK, /* index */
|
||
0, /* loop_depth */
|
||
-1, -1, /* eh_beg, eh_end */
|
||
0 /* count */
|
||
}
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the second flow pass has completed. */
|
||
int flow2_completed;
|
||
|
||
/* Maximum register number used in this function, plus one. */
|
||
|
||
int max_regno;
|
||
|
||
/* Indexed by n, giving various register information */
|
||
|
||
varray_type reg_n_info;
|
||
|
||
/* Size of a regset for the current function,
|
||
in (1) bytes and (2) elements. */
|
||
|
||
int regset_bytes;
|
||
int regset_size;
|
||
|
||
/* Regset of regs live when calls to `setjmp'-like functions happen. */
|
||
/* ??? Does this exist only for the setjmp-clobbered warning message? */
|
||
|
||
regset regs_live_at_setjmp;
|
||
|
||
/* List made of EXPR_LIST rtx's which gives pairs of pseudo registers
|
||
that have to go in the same hard reg.
|
||
The first two regs in the list are a pair, and the next two
|
||
are another pair, etc. */
|
||
rtx regs_may_share;
|
||
|
||
/* Set of registers that may be eliminable. These are handled specially
|
||
in updating regs_ever_live. */
|
||
|
||
static HARD_REG_SET elim_reg_set;
|
||
|
||
/* The basic block structure for every insn, indexed by uid. */
|
||
|
||
varray_type basic_block_for_insn;
|
||
|
||
/* The labels mentioned in non-jump rtl. Valid during find_basic_blocks. */
|
||
/* ??? Should probably be using LABEL_NUSES instead. It would take a
|
||
bit of surgery to be able to use or co-opt the routines in jump. */
|
||
|
||
static rtx label_value_list;
|
||
static rtx tail_recursion_label_list;
|
||
|
||
/* Holds information for tracking conditional register life information. */
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info
|
||
{
|
||
/* An EXPR_LIST of conditions under which a register is dead. */
|
||
rtx condition;
|
||
|
||
/* ??? Could store mask of bytes that are dead, so that we could finally
|
||
track lifetimes of multi-word registers accessed via subregs. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* For use in communicating between propagate_block and its subroutines.
|
||
Holds all information needed to compute life and def-use information. */
|
||
|
||
struct propagate_block_info
|
||
{
|
||
/* The basic block we're considering. */
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
/* Bit N is set if register N is conditionally or unconditionally live. */
|
||
regset reg_live;
|
||
|
||
/* Bit N is set if register N is set this insn. */
|
||
regset new_set;
|
||
|
||
/* Element N is the next insn that uses (hard or pseudo) register N
|
||
within the current basic block; or zero, if there is no such insn. */
|
||
rtx *reg_next_use;
|
||
|
||
/* Contains a list of all the MEMs we are tracking for dead store
|
||
elimination. */
|
||
rtx mem_set_list;
|
||
|
||
/* If non-null, record the set of registers set in the basic block. */
|
||
regset local_set;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
/* Indexed by register number, holds a reg_cond_life_info for each
|
||
register that is not unconditionally live or dead. */
|
||
splay_tree reg_cond_dead;
|
||
|
||
/* Bit N is set if register N is in an expression in reg_cond_dead. */
|
||
regset reg_cond_reg;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Non-zero if the value of CC0 is live. */
|
||
int cc0_live;
|
||
|
||
/* Flags controling the set of information propagate_block collects. */
|
||
int flags;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Store the data structures necessary for depth-first search. */
|
||
struct depth_first_search_dsS {
|
||
/* stack for backtracking during the algorithm */
|
||
basic_block *stack;
|
||
|
||
/* number of edges in the stack. That is, positions 0, ..., sp-1
|
||
have edges. */
|
||
unsigned int sp;
|
||
|
||
/* record of basic blocks already seen by depth-first search */
|
||
sbitmap visited_blocks;
|
||
};
|
||
typedef struct depth_first_search_dsS *depth_first_search_ds;
|
||
|
||
/* Forward declarations */
|
||
static int count_basic_blocks PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void find_basic_blocks_1 PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static rtx find_label_refs PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void clear_edges PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void make_edges PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void make_label_edge PARAMS ((sbitmap *, basic_block,
|
||
rtx, int));
|
||
static void make_eh_edge PARAMS ((sbitmap *, eh_nesting_info *,
|
||
basic_block, rtx, int));
|
||
static void mark_critical_edges PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void move_stray_eh_region_notes PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void record_active_eh_regions PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
|
||
static void commit_one_edge_insertion PARAMS ((edge));
|
||
|
||
static void delete_unreachable_blocks PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void delete_eh_regions PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static int can_delete_note_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void expunge_block PARAMS ((basic_block));
|
||
static int can_delete_label_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static int tail_recursion_label_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static int merge_blocks_move_predecessor_nojumps PARAMS ((basic_block,
|
||
basic_block));
|
||
static int merge_blocks_move_successor_nojumps PARAMS ((basic_block,
|
||
basic_block));
|
||
static int merge_blocks PARAMS ((edge,basic_block,basic_block));
|
||
static void try_merge_blocks PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void tidy_fallthru_edges PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static int verify_wide_reg_1 PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
|
||
static void verify_wide_reg PARAMS ((int, rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void verify_local_live_at_start PARAMS ((regset, basic_block));
|
||
static int set_noop_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static int noop_move_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void delete_noop_moves PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void notice_stack_pointer_modification_1 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
|
||
static void notice_stack_pointer_modification PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static void mark_reg PARAMS ((rtx, void *));
|
||
static void mark_regs_live_at_end PARAMS ((regset));
|
||
static int set_phi_alternative_reg PARAMS ((rtx, int, int, void *));
|
||
static void calculate_global_regs_live PARAMS ((sbitmap, sbitmap, int));
|
||
static void propagate_block_delete_insn PARAMS ((basic_block, rtx));
|
||
static rtx propagate_block_delete_libcall PARAMS ((basic_block, rtx, rtx));
|
||
static int insn_dead_p PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, int, rtx));
|
||
static int libcall_dead_p PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void mark_set_regs PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void mark_set_1 PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx,
|
||
rtx, int));
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
static int mark_regno_cond_dead PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
int, rtx));
|
||
static void free_reg_cond_life_info PARAMS ((splay_tree_value));
|
||
static int flush_reg_cond_reg_1 PARAMS ((splay_tree_node, void *));
|
||
static void flush_reg_cond_reg PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
int));
|
||
static rtx ior_reg_cond PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
||
static rtx not_reg_cond PARAMS ((rtx));
|
||
static rtx nand_reg_cond PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
static void attempt_auto_inc PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void find_auto_inc PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx));
|
||
static int try_pre_increment_1 PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx));
|
||
static int try_pre_increment PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT));
|
||
#endif
|
||
static void mark_used_reg PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx, rtx));
|
||
static void mark_used_regs PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx, rtx, rtx));
|
||
void dump_flow_info PARAMS ((FILE *));
|
||
void debug_flow_info PARAMS ((void));
|
||
static void dump_edge_info PARAMS ((FILE *, edge, int));
|
||
|
||
static void invalidate_mems_from_autoinc PARAMS ((struct propagate_block_info *,
|
||
rtx));
|
||
static void remove_fake_successors PARAMS ((basic_block));
|
||
static void flow_nodes_print PARAMS ((const char *, const sbitmap,
|
||
FILE *));
|
||
static void flow_edge_list_print PARAMS ((const char *, const edge *,
|
||
int, FILE *));
|
||
static void flow_loops_cfg_dump PARAMS ((const struct loops *,
|
||
FILE *));
|
||
static int flow_loop_nested_p PARAMS ((struct loop *,
|
||
struct loop *));
|
||
static int flow_loop_entry_edges_find PARAMS ((basic_block, const sbitmap,
|
||
edge **));
|
||
static int flow_loop_exit_edges_find PARAMS ((const sbitmap, edge **));
|
||
static int flow_loop_nodes_find PARAMS ((basic_block, basic_block, sbitmap));
|
||
static int flow_depth_first_order_compute PARAMS ((int *, int *));
|
||
static void flow_dfs_compute_reverse_init
|
||
PARAMS ((depth_first_search_ds));
|
||
static void flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb
|
||
PARAMS ((depth_first_search_ds, basic_block));
|
||
static basic_block flow_dfs_compute_reverse_execute
|
||
PARAMS ((depth_first_search_ds));
|
||
static void flow_dfs_compute_reverse_finish
|
||
PARAMS ((depth_first_search_ds));
|
||
static void flow_loop_pre_header_scan PARAMS ((struct loop *));
|
||
static basic_block flow_loop_pre_header_find PARAMS ((basic_block,
|
||
const sbitmap *));
|
||
static void flow_loop_tree_node_add PARAMS ((struct loop *, struct loop *));
|
||
static void flow_loops_tree_build PARAMS ((struct loops *));
|
||
static int flow_loop_level_compute PARAMS ((struct loop *, int));
|
||
static int flow_loops_level_compute PARAMS ((struct loops *));
|
||
|
||
/* Find basic blocks of the current function.
|
||
F is the first insn of the function and NREGS the number of register
|
||
numbers in use. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
find_basic_blocks (f, nregs, file)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
int nregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
{
|
||
int max_uid;
|
||
|
||
/* Flush out existing data. */
|
||
if (basic_block_info != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
clear_edges ();
|
||
|
||
/* Clear bb->aux on all extant basic blocks. We'll use this as a
|
||
tag for reuse during create_basic_block, just in case some pass
|
||
copies around basic block notes improperly. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i)->aux = NULL;
|
||
|
||
VARRAY_FREE (basic_block_info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
n_basic_blocks = count_basic_blocks (f);
|
||
|
||
/* Size the basic block table. The actual structures will be allocated
|
||
by find_basic_blocks_1, since we want to keep the structure pointers
|
||
stable across calls to find_basic_blocks. */
|
||
/* ??? This whole issue would be much simpler if we called find_basic_blocks
|
||
exactly once, and thereafter we don't have a single long chain of
|
||
instructions at all until close to the end of compilation when we
|
||
actually lay them out. */
|
||
|
||
VARRAY_BB_INIT (basic_block_info, n_basic_blocks, "basic_block_info");
|
||
|
||
find_basic_blocks_1 (f);
|
||
|
||
/* Record the block to which an insn belongs. */
|
||
/* ??? This should be done another way, by which (perhaps) a label is
|
||
tagged directly with the basic block that it starts. It is used for
|
||
more than that currently, but IMO that is the only valid use. */
|
||
|
||
max_uid = get_max_uid ();
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
/* Leave space for insns life_analysis makes in some cases for auto-inc.
|
||
These cases are rare, so we don't need too much space. */
|
||
max_uid += max_uid / 10;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
compute_bb_for_insn (max_uid);
|
||
|
||
/* Discover the edges of our cfg. */
|
||
record_active_eh_regions (f);
|
||
make_edges (label_value_list);
|
||
|
||
/* Do very simple cleanup now, for the benefit of code that runs between
|
||
here and cleanup_cfg, e.g. thread_prologue_and_epilogue_insns. */
|
||
tidy_fallthru_edges ();
|
||
|
||
mark_critical_edges ();
|
||
|
||
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
||
verify_flow_info ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Count the basic blocks of the function. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
count_basic_blocks (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx insn;
|
||
register RTX_CODE prev_code;
|
||
register int count = 0;
|
||
int eh_region = 0;
|
||
int call_had_abnormal_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
prev_code = JUMP_INSN;
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (insn);
|
||
|
||
if (code == CODE_LABEL
|
||
|| (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i'
|
||
&& (prev_code == JUMP_INSN
|
||
|| prev_code == BARRIER
|
||
|| (prev_code == CALL_INSN && call_had_abnormal_edge))))
|
||
count++;
|
||
|
||
/* Record whether this call created an edge. */
|
||
if (code == CALL_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
|
||
int region = (note ? INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) : 1);
|
||
|
||
call_had_abnormal_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If there is an EH region or rethrow, we have an edge. */
|
||
if ((eh_region && region > 0)
|
||
|| find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_RETHROW, NULL_RTX))
|
||
call_had_abnormal_edge = 1;
|
||
else if (nonlocal_goto_handler_labels && region >= 0)
|
||
/* If there is a nonlocal goto label and the specified
|
||
region number isn't -1, we have an edge. (0 means
|
||
no throw, but might have a nonlocal goto). */
|
||
call_had_abnormal_edge = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (code != NOTE)
|
||
prev_code = code;
|
||
else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG)
|
||
++eh_region;
|
||
else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END)
|
||
--eh_region;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The rest of the compiler works a bit smoother when we don't have to
|
||
check for the edge case of do-nothing functions with no basic blocks. */
|
||
if (count == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx));
|
||
count = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Scan a list of insns for labels referred to other than by jumps.
|
||
This is used to scan the alternatives of a call placeholder. */
|
||
static rtx
|
||
find_label_refs (f, lvl)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
rtx lvl;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
if (INSN_P (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
|
||
/* Make a list of all labels referred to other than by jumps
|
||
(which just don't have the REG_LABEL notes).
|
||
|
||
Make a special exception for labels followed by an ADDR*VEC,
|
||
as this would be a part of the tablejump setup code.
|
||
|
||
Make a special exception for the eh_return_stub_label, which
|
||
we know isn't part of any otherwise visible control flow. */
|
||
|
||
for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
||
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx lab = XEXP (note, 0), next;
|
||
|
||
if (lab == eh_return_stub_label)
|
||
;
|
||
else if ((next = next_nonnote_insn (lab)) != NULL
|
||
&& GET_CODE (next) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
;
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (lab) == NOTE)
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
lvl = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, XEXP (note, 0), lvl);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return lvl;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find all basic blocks of the function whose first insn is F.
|
||
|
||
Collect and return a list of labels whose addresses are taken. This
|
||
will be used in make_edges for use with computed gotos. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
find_basic_blocks_1 (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx insn, next;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
rtx bb_note = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx eh_list = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx lvl = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx trll = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx head = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx end = NULL_RTX;
|
||
|
||
/* We process the instructions in a slightly different way than we did
|
||
previously. This is so that we see a NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK after we have
|
||
closed out the previous block, so that it gets attached at the proper
|
||
place. Since this form should be equivalent to the previous,
|
||
count_basic_blocks continues to use the old form as a check. */
|
||
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = next)
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (insn);
|
||
|
||
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case NOTE:
|
||
{
|
||
int kind = NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn);
|
||
|
||
/* Keep a LIFO list of the currently active exception notes. */
|
||
if (kind == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG)
|
||
eh_list = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, eh_list);
|
||
else if (kind == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx t = eh_list;
|
||
|
||
eh_list = XEXP (eh_list, 1);
|
||
free_INSN_LIST_node (t);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look for basic block notes with which to keep the
|
||
basic_block_info pointers stable. Unthread the note now;
|
||
we'll put it back at the right place in create_basic_block.
|
||
Or not at all if we've already found a note in this block. */
|
||
else if (kind == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bb_note == NULL_RTX)
|
||
bb_note = insn;
|
||
else
|
||
next = flow_delete_insn (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case CODE_LABEL:
|
||
/* A basic block starts at a label. If we've closed one off due
|
||
to a barrier or some such, no need to do it again. */
|
||
if (head != NULL_RTX)
|
||
{
|
||
/* While we now have edge lists with which other portions of
|
||
the compiler might determine a call ending a basic block
|
||
does not imply an abnormal edge, it will be a bit before
|
||
everything can be updated. So continue to emit a noop at
|
||
the end of such a block. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (end) == CALL_INSN && ! SIBLING_CALL_P (end))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx nop = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
|
||
end = emit_insn_after (nop, end);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
create_basic_block (i++, head, end, bb_note);
|
||
bb_note = NULL_RTX;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
head = end = insn;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case JUMP_INSN:
|
||
/* A basic block ends at a jump. */
|
||
if (head == NULL_RTX)
|
||
head = insn;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Make a special check for table jumps. The way this
|
||
happens is truly and amazingly gross. We are about to
|
||
create a basic block that contains just a code label and
|
||
an addr*vec jump insn. Worse, an addr_diff_vec creates
|
||
its own natural loop.
|
||
|
||
Prevent this bit of brain damage, pasting things together
|
||
correctly in make_edges.
|
||
|
||
The correct solution involves emitting the table directly
|
||
on the tablejump instruction as a note, or JUMP_LABEL. */
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
|
||
{
|
||
head = end = NULL;
|
||
n_basic_blocks--;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
end = insn;
|
||
goto new_bb_inclusive;
|
||
|
||
case BARRIER:
|
||
/* A basic block ends at a barrier. It may be that an unconditional
|
||
jump already closed the basic block -- no need to do it again. */
|
||
if (head == NULL_RTX)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* While we now have edge lists with which other portions of the
|
||
compiler might determine a call ending a basic block does not
|
||
imply an abnormal edge, it will be a bit before everything can
|
||
be updated. So continue to emit a noop at the end of such a
|
||
block. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (end) == CALL_INSN && ! SIBLING_CALL_P (end))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx nop = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
|
||
end = emit_insn_after (nop, end);
|
||
}
|
||
goto new_bb_exclusive;
|
||
|
||
case CALL_INSN:
|
||
{
|
||
/* Record whether this call created an edge. */
|
||
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
|
||
int region = (note ? INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) : 1);
|
||
int call_has_abnormal_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CALL_PLACEHOLDER)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Scan each of the alternatives for label refs. */
|
||
lvl = find_label_refs (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), lvl);
|
||
lvl = find_label_refs (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 1), lvl);
|
||
lvl = find_label_refs (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 2), lvl);
|
||
/* Record its tail recursion label, if any. */
|
||
if (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 3) != NULL_RTX)
|
||
trll = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 3), trll);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If there is an EH region or rethrow, we have an edge. */
|
||
if ((eh_list && region > 0)
|
||
|| find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_RETHROW, NULL_RTX))
|
||
call_has_abnormal_edge = 1;
|
||
else if (nonlocal_goto_handler_labels && region >= 0)
|
||
/* If there is a nonlocal goto label and the specified
|
||
region number isn't -1, we have an edge. (0 means
|
||
no throw, but might have a nonlocal goto). */
|
||
call_has_abnormal_edge = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* A basic block ends at a call that can either throw or
|
||
do a non-local goto. */
|
||
if (call_has_abnormal_edge)
|
||
{
|
||
new_bb_inclusive:
|
||
if (head == NULL_RTX)
|
||
head = insn;
|
||
end = insn;
|
||
|
||
new_bb_exclusive:
|
||
create_basic_block (i++, head, end, bb_note);
|
||
head = end = NULL_RTX;
|
||
bb_note = NULL_RTX;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i')
|
||
{
|
||
if (head == NULL_RTX)
|
||
head = insn;
|
||
end = insn;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i')
|
||
{
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
|
||
/* Make a list of all labels referred to other than by jumps
|
||
(which just don't have the REG_LABEL notes).
|
||
|
||
Make a special exception for labels followed by an ADDR*VEC,
|
||
as this would be a part of the tablejump setup code.
|
||
|
||
Make a special exception for the eh_return_stub_label, which
|
||
we know isn't part of any otherwise visible control flow. */
|
||
|
||
for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
||
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx lab = XEXP (note, 0), next;
|
||
|
||
if (lab == eh_return_stub_label)
|
||
;
|
||
else if ((next = next_nonnote_insn (lab)) != NULL
|
||
&& GET_CODE (next) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
;
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (lab) == NOTE)
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
lvl = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, XEXP (note, 0), lvl);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (head != NULL_RTX)
|
||
create_basic_block (i++, head, end, bb_note);
|
||
else if (bb_note)
|
||
flow_delete_insn (bb_note);
|
||
|
||
if (i != n_basic_blocks)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
label_value_list = lvl;
|
||
tail_recursion_label_list = trll;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Tidy the CFG by deleting unreachable code and whatnot. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
cleanup_cfg (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
delete_unreachable_blocks ();
|
||
move_stray_eh_region_notes ();
|
||
record_active_eh_regions (f);
|
||
try_merge_blocks ();
|
||
mark_critical_edges ();
|
||
|
||
/* Kill the data we won't maintain. */
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&label_value_list);
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&tail_recursion_label_list);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a new basic block consisting of the instructions between
|
||
HEAD and END inclusive. Reuses the note and basic block struct
|
||
in BB_NOTE, if any. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
create_basic_block (index, head, end, bb_note)
|
||
int index;
|
||
rtx head, end, bb_note;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
if (bb_note
|
||
&& ! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (bb_note)
|
||
&& (bb = NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (bb_note)) != NULL
|
||
&& bb->aux == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we found an existing note, thread it back onto the chain. */
|
||
|
||
rtx after;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (head) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
after = head;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
after = PREV_INSN (head);
|
||
head = bb_note;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (after != bb_note && NEXT_INSN (after) != bb_note)
|
||
reorder_insns (bb_note, bb_note, after);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Otherwise we must create a note and a basic block structure.
|
||
Since we allow basic block structs in rtl, give the struct
|
||
the same lifetime by allocating it off the function obstack
|
||
rather than using malloc. */
|
||
|
||
bb = (basic_block) obstack_alloc (function_obstack, sizeof (*bb));
|
||
memset (bb, 0, sizeof (*bb));
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (head) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, head);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, head);
|
||
head = bb_note;
|
||
}
|
||
NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (bb_note) = bb;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Always include the bb note in the block. */
|
||
if (NEXT_INSN (end) == bb_note)
|
||
end = bb_note;
|
||
|
||
bb->head = head;
|
||
bb->end = end;
|
||
bb->index = index;
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (index) = bb;
|
||
|
||
/* Tag the block so that we know it has been used when considering
|
||
other basic block notes. */
|
||
bb->aux = bb;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Records the basic block struct in BB_FOR_INSN, for every instruction
|
||
indexed by INSN_UID. MAX is the size of the array. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
compute_bb_for_insn (max)
|
||
int max;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
VARRAY_FREE (basic_block_for_insn);
|
||
VARRAY_BB_INIT (basic_block_for_insn, max, "basic_block_for_insn");
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
rtx insn, end;
|
||
|
||
end = bb->end;
|
||
insn = bb->head;
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
int uid = INSN_UID (insn);
|
||
if (uid < max)
|
||
VARRAY_BB (basic_block_for_insn, uid) = bb;
|
||
if (insn == end)
|
||
break;
|
||
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Free the memory associated with the edge structures. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
clear_edges ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
edge n, e;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = n)
|
||
{
|
||
n = e->succ_next;
|
||
free (e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bb->succ = 0;
|
||
bb->pred = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = n)
|
||
{
|
||
n = e->succ_next;
|
||
free (e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ = 0;
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred = 0;
|
||
|
||
n_edges = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Identify the edges between basic blocks.
|
||
|
||
NONLOCAL_LABEL_LIST is a list of non-local labels in the function. Blocks
|
||
that are otherwise unreachable may be reachable with a non-local goto.
|
||
|
||
BB_EH_END is an array indexed by basic block number in which we record
|
||
the list of exception regions active at the end of the basic block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
make_edges (label_value_list)
|
||
rtx label_value_list;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
eh_nesting_info *eh_nest_info = init_eh_nesting_info ();
|
||
sbitmap *edge_cache = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Assume no computed jump; revise as we create edges. */
|
||
current_function_has_computed_jump = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Heavy use of computed goto in machine-generated code can lead to
|
||
nearly fully-connected CFGs. In that case we spend a significant
|
||
amount of time searching the edge lists for duplicates. */
|
||
if (forced_labels || label_value_list)
|
||
{
|
||
edge_cache = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_basic_blocks, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_vector_zero (edge_cache, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* By nature of the way these get numbered, block 0 is always the entry. */
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, BASIC_BLOCK (0), EDGE_FALLTHRU);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
rtx insn, x;
|
||
enum rtx_code code;
|
||
int force_fallthru = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Examine the last instruction of the block, and discover the
|
||
ways we can leave the block. */
|
||
|
||
insn = bb->end;
|
||
code = GET_CODE (insn);
|
||
|
||
/* A branch. */
|
||
if (code == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx tmp;
|
||
|
||
/* ??? Recognize a tablejump and do the right thing. */
|
||
if ((tmp = JUMP_LABEL (insn)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& (tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& GET_CODE (tmp) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
{
|
||
rtvec vec;
|
||
int j;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_VEC)
|
||
vec = XVEC (PATTERN (tmp), 0);
|
||
else
|
||
vec = XVEC (PATTERN (tmp), 1);
|
||
|
||
for (j = GET_NUM_ELEM (vec) - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb,
|
||
XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (vec, j), 0), 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Some targets (eg, ARM) emit a conditional jump that also
|
||
contains the out-of-range target. Scan for these and
|
||
add an edge if necessary. */
|
||
if ((tmp = single_set (insn)) != NULL
|
||
&& SET_DEST (tmp) == pc_rtx
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2)) == LABEL_REF)
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb,
|
||
XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2), 0), 0);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef CASE_DROPS_THROUGH
|
||
/* Silly VAXen. The ADDR_VEC is going to be in the way of
|
||
us naturally detecting fallthru into the next block. */
|
||
force_fallthru = 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a computed jump, then mark it as reaching
|
||
everything on the label_value_list and forced_labels list. */
|
||
else if (computed_jump_p (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
current_function_has_computed_jump = 1;
|
||
|
||
for (x = label_value_list; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb, XEXP (x, 0), EDGE_ABNORMAL);
|
||
|
||
for (x = forced_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb, XEXP (x, 0), EDGE_ABNORMAL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Returns create an exit out. */
|
||
else if (returnjump_p (insn))
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, 0);
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, we have a plain conditional or unconditional jump. */
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (! JUMP_LABEL (insn))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb, JUMP_LABEL (insn), 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a sibling call insn, then this is in effect a
|
||
combined call and return, and so we need an edge to the
|
||
exit block. No need to worry about EH edges, since we
|
||
wouldn't have created the sibling call in the first place. */
|
||
|
||
if (code == CALL_INSN && SIBLING_CALL_P (insn))
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR,
|
||
EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_ABNORMAL_CALL);
|
||
else
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a CALL_INSN, then mark it as reaching the active EH
|
||
handler for this CALL_INSN. If we're handling asynchronous
|
||
exceptions then any insn can reach any of the active handlers.
|
||
|
||
Also mark the CALL_INSN as reaching any nonlocal goto handler. */
|
||
|
||
if (code == CALL_INSN || asynchronous_exceptions)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Add any appropriate EH edges. We do this unconditionally
|
||
since there may be a REG_EH_REGION or REG_EH_RETHROW note
|
||
on the call, and this needn't be within an EH region. */
|
||
make_eh_edge (edge_cache, eh_nest_info, bb, insn, bb->eh_end);
|
||
|
||
/* If we have asynchronous exceptions, do the same for *all*
|
||
exception regions active in the block. */
|
||
if (asynchronous_exceptions
|
||
&& bb->eh_beg != bb->eh_end)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bb->eh_beg >= 0)
|
||
make_eh_edge (edge_cache, eh_nest_info, bb,
|
||
NULL_RTX, bb->eh_beg);
|
||
|
||
for (x = bb->head; x != bb->end; x = NEXT_INSN (x))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (x) == NOTE
|
||
&& (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (x) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG
|
||
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (x) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END))
|
||
{
|
||
int region = NOTE_EH_HANDLER (x);
|
||
make_eh_edge (edge_cache, eh_nest_info, bb,
|
||
NULL_RTX, region);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (code == CALL_INSN && nonlocal_goto_handler_labels)
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? This could be made smarter: in some cases it's possible
|
||
to tell that certain calls will not do a nonlocal goto.
|
||
|
||
For example, if the nested functions that do the nonlocal
|
||
gotos do not have their addresses taken, then only calls to
|
||
those functions or to other nested functions that use them
|
||
could possibly do nonlocal gotos. */
|
||
/* We do know that a REG_EH_REGION note with a value less
|
||
than 0 is guaranteed not to perform a non-local goto. */
|
||
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EH_REGION, NULL_RTX);
|
||
if (!note || INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= 0)
|
||
for (x = nonlocal_goto_handler_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb, XEXP (x, 0),
|
||
EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_ABNORMAL_CALL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We know something about the structure of the function __throw in
|
||
libgcc2.c. It is the only function that ever contains eh_stub
|
||
labels. It modifies its return address so that the last block
|
||
returns to one of the eh_stub labels within it. So we have to
|
||
make additional edges in the flow graph. */
|
||
if (i + 1 == n_basic_blocks && eh_return_stub_label != 0)
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, bb, eh_return_stub_label, EDGE_EH);
|
||
|
||
/* Find out if we can drop through to the next block. */
|
||
insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
|
||
if (!insn || (i + 1 == n_basic_blocks && force_fallthru))
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, bb, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FALLTHRU);
|
||
else if (i + 1 < n_basic_blocks)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx tmp = BLOCK_HEAD (i + 1);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (tmp) == NOTE)
|
||
tmp = next_nonnote_insn (tmp);
|
||
if (force_fallthru || insn == tmp)
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, bb, BASIC_BLOCK (i + 1), EDGE_FALLTHRU);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free_eh_nesting_info (eh_nest_info);
|
||
if (edge_cache)
|
||
sbitmap_vector_free (edge_cache);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create an edge between two basic blocks. FLAGS are auxiliary information
|
||
about the edge that is accumulated between calls. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, src, dst, flags)
|
||
sbitmap *edge_cache;
|
||
basic_block src, dst;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
int use_edge_cache;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't bother with edge cache for ENTRY or EXIT; there aren't that
|
||
many edges to them, and we didn't allocate memory for it. */
|
||
use_edge_cache = (edge_cache
|
||
&& src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& dst != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure we don't add duplicate edges. */
|
||
if (! use_edge_cache || TEST_BIT (edge_cache[src->index], dst->index))
|
||
for (e = src->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
if (e->dest == dst)
|
||
{
|
||
e->flags |= flags;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
e = (edge) xcalloc (1, sizeof (*e));
|
||
n_edges++;
|
||
|
||
e->succ_next = src->succ;
|
||
e->pred_next = dst->pred;
|
||
e->src = src;
|
||
e->dest = dst;
|
||
e->flags = flags;
|
||
|
||
src->succ = e;
|
||
dst->pred = e;
|
||
|
||
if (use_edge_cache)
|
||
SET_BIT (edge_cache[src->index], dst->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create an edge from a basic block to a label. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, src, label, flags)
|
||
sbitmap *edge_cache;
|
||
basic_block src;
|
||
rtx label;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
if (GET_CODE (label) != CODE_LABEL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* If the label was never emitted, this insn is junk, but avoid a
|
||
crash trying to refer to BLOCK_FOR_INSN (label). This can happen
|
||
as a result of a syntax error and a diagnostic has already been
|
||
printed. */
|
||
|
||
if (INSN_UID (label) == 0)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
make_edge (edge_cache, src, BLOCK_FOR_INSN (label), flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create the edges generated by INSN in REGION. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
make_eh_edge (edge_cache, eh_nest_info, src, insn, region)
|
||
sbitmap *edge_cache;
|
||
eh_nesting_info *eh_nest_info;
|
||
basic_block src;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
int region;
|
||
{
|
||
handler_info **handler_list;
|
||
int num, is_call;
|
||
|
||
is_call = (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN ? EDGE_ABNORMAL_CALL : 0);
|
||
num = reachable_handlers (region, eh_nest_info, insn, &handler_list);
|
||
while (--num >= 0)
|
||
{
|
||
make_label_edge (edge_cache, src, handler_list[num]->handler_label,
|
||
EDGE_ABNORMAL | EDGE_EH | is_call);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* EH_REGION notes appearing between basic blocks is ambiguous, and even
|
||
dangerous if we intend to move basic blocks around. Move such notes
|
||
into the following block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
move_stray_eh_region_notes ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
basic_block b1, b2;
|
||
|
||
if (n_basic_blocks < 2)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
b2 = BASIC_BLOCK (n_basic_blocks - 1);
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 2; i >= 0; --i, b2 = b1)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn, next, list = NULL_RTX;
|
||
|
||
b1 = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
for (insn = NEXT_INSN (b1->end); insn != b2->head; insn = next)
|
||
{
|
||
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
|
||
&& (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG
|
||
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Unlink from the insn chain. */
|
||
NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) = next;
|
||
PREV_INSN (next) = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
|
||
/* Queue it. */
|
||
NEXT_INSN (insn) = list;
|
||
list = insn;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (list == NULL_RTX)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Find where to insert these things. */
|
||
insn = b2->head;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
|
||
while (list)
|
||
{
|
||
next = NEXT_INSN (list);
|
||
add_insn_after (list, insn);
|
||
list = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Recompute eh_beg/eh_end for each basic block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
record_active_eh_regions (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn, eh_list = NULL_RTX;
|
||
int i = 0;
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (0);
|
||
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
if (bb->head == insn)
|
||
bb->eh_beg = (eh_list ? NOTE_EH_HANDLER (XEXP (eh_list, 0)) : -1);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
|
||
{
|
||
int kind = NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn);
|
||
if (kind == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG)
|
||
eh_list = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, eh_list);
|
||
else if (kind == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx t = XEXP (eh_list, 1);
|
||
free_INSN_LIST_node (eh_list);
|
||
eh_list = t;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bb->end == insn)
|
||
{
|
||
bb->eh_end = (eh_list ? NOTE_EH_HANDLER (XEXP (eh_list, 0)) : -1);
|
||
i += 1;
|
||
if (i == n_basic_blocks)
|
||
break;
|
||
bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Identify critical edges and set the bits appropriately. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_critical_edges ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i, n = n_basic_blocks;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
/* We begin with the entry block. This is not terribly important now,
|
||
but could be if a front end (Fortran) implemented alternate entry
|
||
points. */
|
||
bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
i = -1;
|
||
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
/* (1) Critical edges must have a source with multiple successors. */
|
||
if (bb->succ && bb->succ->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
/* (2) Critical edges must have a destination with multiple
|
||
predecessors. Note that we know there is at least one
|
||
predecessor -- the edge we followed to get here. */
|
||
if (e->dest->pred->pred_next)
|
||
e->flags |= EDGE_CRITICAL;
|
||
else
|
||
e->flags &= ~EDGE_CRITICAL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
e->flags &= ~EDGE_CRITICAL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (++i >= n)
|
||
break;
|
||
bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Split a block BB after insn INSN creating a new fallthru edge.
|
||
Return the new edge. Note that to keep other parts of the compiler happy,
|
||
this function renumbers all the basic blocks so that the new
|
||
one has a number one greater than the block split. */
|
||
|
||
edge
|
||
split_block (bb, insn)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block new_bb;
|
||
edge new_edge;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
rtx bb_note;
|
||
int i, j;
|
||
|
||
/* There is no point splitting the block after its end. */
|
||
if (bb->end == insn)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Create the new structures. */
|
||
new_bb = (basic_block) obstack_alloc (function_obstack, sizeof (*new_bb));
|
||
new_edge = (edge) xcalloc (1, sizeof (*new_edge));
|
||
n_edges++;
|
||
|
||
memset (new_bb, 0, sizeof (*new_bb));
|
||
|
||
new_bb->head = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
new_bb->end = bb->end;
|
||
bb->end = insn;
|
||
|
||
new_bb->succ = bb->succ;
|
||
bb->succ = new_edge;
|
||
new_bb->pred = new_edge;
|
||
new_bb->count = bb->count;
|
||
new_bb->loop_depth = bb->loop_depth;
|
||
|
||
new_edge->src = bb;
|
||
new_edge->dest = new_bb;
|
||
new_edge->flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
||
new_edge->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE;
|
||
new_edge->count = bb->count;
|
||
|
||
/* Redirect the src of the successor edges of bb to point to new_bb. */
|
||
for (e = new_bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
e->src = new_bb;
|
||
|
||
/* Place the new block just after the block being split. */
|
||
VARRAY_GROW (basic_block_info, ++n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
/* Some parts of the compiler expect blocks to be number in
|
||
sequential order so insert the new block immediately after the
|
||
block being split.. */
|
||
j = bb->index;
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i > j + 1; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block tmp = BASIC_BLOCK (i - 1);
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i) = tmp;
|
||
tmp->index = i;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i) = new_bb;
|
||
new_bb->index = i;
|
||
|
||
/* Create the basic block note. */
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK,
|
||
new_bb->head);
|
||
NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (bb_note) = new_bb;
|
||
new_bb->head = bb_note;
|
||
|
||
update_bb_for_insn (new_bb);
|
||
|
||
if (bb->global_live_at_start)
|
||
{
|
||
new_bb->global_live_at_start = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
new_bb->global_live_at_end = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (new_bb->global_live_at_end, bb->global_live_at_end);
|
||
|
||
/* We now have to calculate which registers are live at the end
|
||
of the split basic block and at the start of the new basic
|
||
block. Start with those registers that are known to be live
|
||
at the end of the original basic block and get
|
||
propagate_block to determine which registers are live. */
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (new_bb->global_live_at_start, bb->global_live_at_end);
|
||
propagate_block (new_bb, new_bb->global_live_at_start, NULL, 0);
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_end,
|
||
new_bb->global_live_at_start);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return new_edge;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Split a (typically critical) edge. Return the new block.
|
||
Abort on abnormal edges.
|
||
|
||
??? The code generally expects to be called on critical edges.
|
||
The case of a block ending in an unconditional jump to a
|
||
block with multiple predecessors is not handled optimally. */
|
||
|
||
basic_block
|
||
split_edge (edge_in)
|
||
edge edge_in;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block old_pred, bb, old_succ;
|
||
edge edge_out;
|
||
rtx bb_note;
|
||
int i, j;
|
||
|
||
/* Abnormal edges cannot be split. */
|
||
if ((edge_in->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) != 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
old_pred = edge_in->src;
|
||
old_succ = edge_in->dest;
|
||
|
||
/* Remove the existing edge from the destination's pred list. */
|
||
{
|
||
edge *pp;
|
||
for (pp = &old_succ->pred; *pp != edge_in; pp = &(*pp)->pred_next)
|
||
continue;
|
||
*pp = edge_in->pred_next;
|
||
edge_in->pred_next = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create the new structures. */
|
||
bb = (basic_block) obstack_alloc (function_obstack, sizeof (*bb));
|
||
edge_out = (edge) xcalloc (1, sizeof (*edge_out));
|
||
n_edges++;
|
||
|
||
memset (bb, 0, sizeof (*bb));
|
||
|
||
/* ??? This info is likely going to be out of date very soon. */
|
||
if (old_succ->global_live_at_start)
|
||
{
|
||
bb->global_live_at_start = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
bb->global_live_at_end = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_start, old_succ->global_live_at_start);
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_end, old_succ->global_live_at_start);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Wire them up. */
|
||
bb->pred = edge_in;
|
||
bb->succ = edge_out;
|
||
bb->count = edge_in->count;
|
||
|
||
edge_in->dest = bb;
|
||
edge_in->flags &= ~EDGE_CRITICAL;
|
||
|
||
edge_out->pred_next = old_succ->pred;
|
||
edge_out->succ_next = NULL;
|
||
edge_out->src = bb;
|
||
edge_out->dest = old_succ;
|
||
edge_out->flags = EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
||
edge_out->probability = REG_BR_PROB_BASE;
|
||
edge_out->count = edge_in->count;
|
||
|
||
old_succ->pred = edge_out;
|
||
|
||
/* Tricky case -- if there existed a fallthru into the successor
|
||
(and we're not it) we must add a new unconditional jump around
|
||
the new block we're actually interested in.
|
||
|
||
Further, if that edge is critical, this means a second new basic
|
||
block must be created to hold it. In order to simplify correct
|
||
insn placement, do this before we touch the existing basic block
|
||
ordering for the block we were really wanting. */
|
||
if ((edge_in->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
for (e = edge_out->pred_next; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (e)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block jump_block;
|
||
rtx pos;
|
||
|
||
if ((e->flags & EDGE_CRITICAL) == 0
|
||
&& e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Non critical -- we can simply add a jump to the end
|
||
of the existing predecessor. */
|
||
jump_block = e->src;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* We need a new block to hold the jump. The simplest
|
||
way to do the bulk of the work here is to recursively
|
||
call ourselves. */
|
||
jump_block = split_edge (e);
|
||
e = jump_block->succ;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now add the jump insn ... */
|
||
pos = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (old_succ->head),
|
||
jump_block->end);
|
||
jump_block->end = pos;
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
set_block_for_insn (pos, jump_block);
|
||
emit_barrier_after (pos);
|
||
|
||
/* ... let jump know that label is in use, ... */
|
||
JUMP_LABEL (pos) = old_succ->head;
|
||
++LABEL_NUSES (old_succ->head);
|
||
|
||
/* ... and clear fallthru on the outgoing edge. */
|
||
e->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
||
|
||
/* Continue splitting the interesting edge. */
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Place the new block just in front of the successor. */
|
||
VARRAY_GROW (basic_block_info, ++n_basic_blocks);
|
||
if (old_succ == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
j = n_basic_blocks - 1;
|
||
else
|
||
j = old_succ->index;
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i > j; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block tmp = BASIC_BLOCK (i - 1);
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i) = tmp;
|
||
tmp->index = i;
|
||
}
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i) = bb;
|
||
bb->index = i;
|
||
|
||
/* Create the basic block note.
|
||
|
||
Where we place the note can have a noticable impact on the generated
|
||
code. Consider this cfg:
|
||
|
||
E
|
||
|
|
||
0
|
||
/ \
|
||
+->1-->2--->E
|
||
| |
|
||
+--+
|
||
|
||
If we need to insert an insn on the edge from block 0 to block 1,
|
||
we want to ensure the instructions we insert are outside of any
|
||
loop notes that physically sit between block 0 and block 1. Otherwise
|
||
we confuse the loop optimizer into thinking the loop is a phony. */
|
||
if (old_succ != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& PREV_INSN (old_succ->head)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (old_succ->head)) == NOTE
|
||
&& NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (PREV_INSN (old_succ->head)) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK,
|
||
PREV_INSN (old_succ->head));
|
||
else if (old_succ != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, old_succ->head);
|
||
else
|
||
bb_note = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK, get_last_insn ());
|
||
NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (bb_note) = bb;
|
||
bb->head = bb->end = bb_note;
|
||
|
||
/* Not quite simple -- for non-fallthru edges, we must adjust the
|
||
predecessor's jump instruction to target our new block. */
|
||
if ((edge_in->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx tmp, insn = old_pred->end;
|
||
rtx old_label = old_succ->head;
|
||
rtx new_label = gen_label_rtx ();
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* ??? Recognize a tablejump and adjust all matching cases. */
|
||
if ((tmp = JUMP_LABEL (insn)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& (tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& GET_CODE (tmp) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
{
|
||
rtvec vec;
|
||
int j;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_VEC)
|
||
vec = XVEC (PATTERN (tmp), 0);
|
||
else
|
||
vec = XVEC (PATTERN (tmp), 1);
|
||
|
||
for (j = GET_NUM_ELEM (vec) - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
||
if (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (vec, j), 0) == old_label)
|
||
{
|
||
RTVEC_ELT (vec, j) = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, new_label);
|
||
--LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
|
||
++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle casesi dispatch insns */
|
||
if ((tmp = single_set (insn)) != NULL
|
||
&& SET_DEST (tmp) == pc_rtx
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2)) == LABEL_REF
|
||
&& XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2), 0) == old_label)
|
||
{
|
||
XEXP (SET_SRC (tmp), 2) = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
|
||
new_label);
|
||
--LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
|
||
++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* This would have indicated an abnormal edge. */
|
||
if (computed_jump_p (insn))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* A return instruction can't be redirected. */
|
||
if (returnjump_p (insn))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* If the insn doesn't go where we think, we're confused. */
|
||
if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != old_label)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
redirect_jump (insn, new_label, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
emit_label_before (new_label, bb_note);
|
||
bb->head = new_label;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return bb;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Queue instructions for insertion on an edge between two basic blocks.
|
||
The new instructions and basic blocks (if any) will not appear in the
|
||
CFG until commit_edge_insertions is called. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
insert_insn_on_edge (pattern, e)
|
||
rtx pattern;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
{
|
||
/* We cannot insert instructions on an abnormal critical edge.
|
||
It will be easier to find the culprit if we die now. */
|
||
if ((e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL|EDGE_CRITICAL))
|
||
== (EDGE_ABNORMAL|EDGE_CRITICAL))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (e->insns == NULL_RTX)
|
||
start_sequence ();
|
||
else
|
||
push_to_sequence (e->insns);
|
||
|
||
emit_insn (pattern);
|
||
|
||
e->insns = get_insns ();
|
||
end_sequence ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Update the CFG for the instructions queued on edge E. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
commit_one_edge_insertion (e)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx before = NULL_RTX, after = NULL_RTX, insns, tmp, last;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
/* Pull the insns off the edge now since the edge might go away. */
|
||
insns = e->insns;
|
||
e->insns = NULL_RTX;
|
||
|
||
/* Figure out where to put these things. If the destination has
|
||
one predecessor, insert there. Except for the exit block. */
|
||
if (e->dest->pred->pred_next == NULL
|
||
&& e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
bb = e->dest;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the location correct wrt a code label, and "nice" wrt
|
||
a basic block note, and before everything else. */
|
||
tmp = bb->head;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (tmp) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
|
||
if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (tmp))
|
||
tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
|
||
if (tmp == bb->head)
|
||
before = tmp;
|
||
else
|
||
after = PREV_INSN (tmp);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the source has one successor and the edge is not abnormal,
|
||
insert there. Except for the entry block. */
|
||
else if ((e->flags & EDGE_ABNORMAL) == 0
|
||
&& e->src->succ->succ_next == NULL
|
||
&& e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
bb = e->src;
|
||
/* It is possible to have a non-simple jump here. Consider a target
|
||
where some forms of unconditional jumps clobber a register. This
|
||
happens on the fr30 for example.
|
||
|
||
We know this block has a single successor, so we can just emit
|
||
the queued insns before the jump. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (bb->end) == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
before = bb->end;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* We'd better be fallthru, or we've lost track of what's what. */
|
||
if ((e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
after = bb->end;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise we must split the edge. */
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bb = split_edge (e);
|
||
after = bb->end;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now that we've found the spot, do the insertion. */
|
||
|
||
/* Set the new block number for these insns, if structure is allocated. */
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx i;
|
||
for (i = insns; i != NULL_RTX; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
|
||
set_block_for_insn (i, bb);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (before)
|
||
{
|
||
emit_insns_before (insns, before);
|
||
if (before == bb->head)
|
||
bb->head = insns;
|
||
|
||
last = prev_nonnote_insn (before);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
last = emit_insns_after (insns, after);
|
||
if (after == bb->end)
|
||
bb->end = last;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (returnjump_p (last))
|
||
{
|
||
/* ??? Remove all outgoing edges from BB and add one for EXIT.
|
||
This is not currently a problem because this only happens
|
||
for the (single) epilogue, which already has a fallthru edge
|
||
to EXIT. */
|
||
|
||
e = bb->succ;
|
||
if (e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
|| e->succ_next != NULL
|
||
|| (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU) == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
e->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
||
|
||
emit_barrier_after (last);
|
||
bb->end = last;
|
||
|
||
if (before)
|
||
flow_delete_insn (before);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (last) == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Update the CFG for all queued instructions. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
commit_edge_insertions ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
||
verify_flow_info ();
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
i = -1;
|
||
bb = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e, next;
|
||
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = next)
|
||
{
|
||
next = e->succ_next;
|
||
if (e->insns)
|
||
commit_one_edge_insertion (e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (++i >= n_basic_blocks)
|
||
break;
|
||
bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete all unreachable basic blocks. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
delete_unreachable_blocks ()
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block *worklist, *tos;
|
||
int deleted_handler;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int i, n;
|
||
|
||
n = n_basic_blocks;
|
||
tos = worklist = (basic_block *) xmalloc (sizeof (basic_block) * n);
|
||
|
||
/* Use basic_block->aux as a marker. Clear them all. */
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i)->aux = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Add our starting points to the worklist. Almost always there will
|
||
be only one. It isn't inconcievable that we might one day directly
|
||
support Fortran alternate entry points. */
|
||
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
*tos++ = e->dest;
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the block with a handy non-null value. */
|
||
e->dest->aux = e;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Iterate: find everything reachable from what we've already seen. */
|
||
|
||
while (tos != worklist)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block b = *--tos;
|
||
|
||
for (e = b->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
if (!e->dest->aux)
|
||
{
|
||
*tos++ = e->dest;
|
||
e->dest->aux = e;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete all unreachable basic blocks. Count down so that we don't
|
||
interfere with the block renumbering that happens in flow_delete_block. */
|
||
|
||
deleted_handler = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block b = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
if (b->aux != NULL)
|
||
/* This block was found. Tidy up the mark. */
|
||
b->aux = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
deleted_handler |= flow_delete_block (b);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tidy_fallthru_edges ();
|
||
|
||
/* If we deleted an exception handler, we may have EH region begin/end
|
||
blocks to remove as well. */
|
||
if (deleted_handler)
|
||
delete_eh_regions ();
|
||
|
||
free (worklist);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find EH regions for which there is no longer a handler, and delete them. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
delete_eh_regions ()
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
|
||
update_rethrow_references ();
|
||
|
||
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG)
|
||
|| (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END))
|
||
{
|
||
int num = NOTE_EH_HANDLER (insn);
|
||
/* A NULL handler indicates a region is no longer needed,
|
||
as long as its rethrow label isn't used. */
|
||
if (get_first_handler (num) == NULL && ! rethrow_used (num))
|
||
{
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if NOTE is not one of the ones that must be kept paired,
|
||
so that we may simply delete them. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
can_delete_note_p (note)
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
{
|
||
return (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED
|
||
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Unlink a chain of insns between START and FINISH, leaving notes
|
||
that must be paired. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
flow_delete_insn_chain (start, finish)
|
||
rtx start, finish;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Unchain the insns one by one. It would be quicker to delete all
|
||
of these with a single unchaining, rather than one at a time, but
|
||
we need to keep the NOTE's. */
|
||
|
||
rtx next;
|
||
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
next = NEXT_INSN (start);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (start) == NOTE && !can_delete_note_p (start))
|
||
;
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (start) == CODE_LABEL
|
||
&& ! can_delete_label_p (start))
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name = LABEL_NAME (start);
|
||
PUT_CODE (start, NOTE);
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (start) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (start) = name;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
next = flow_delete_insn (start);
|
||
|
||
if (start == finish)
|
||
break;
|
||
start = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete the insns in a (non-live) block. We physically delete every
|
||
non-deleted-note insn, and update the flow graph appropriately.
|
||
|
||
Return nonzero if we deleted an exception handler. */
|
||
|
||
/* ??? Preserving all such notes strikes me as wrong. It would be nice
|
||
to post-process the stream to remove empty blocks, loops, ranges, etc. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
flow_delete_block (b)
|
||
basic_block b;
|
||
{
|
||
int deleted_handler = 0;
|
||
rtx insn, end, tmp;
|
||
|
||
/* If the head of this block is a CODE_LABEL, then it might be the
|
||
label for an exception handler which can't be reached.
|
||
|
||
We need to remove the label from the exception_handler_label list
|
||
and remove the associated NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG and
|
||
NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END notes. */
|
||
|
||
insn = b->head;
|
||
|
||
never_reached_warning (insn);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx x, *prev = &exception_handler_labels;
|
||
|
||
for (x = exception_handler_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
{
|
||
if (XEXP (x, 0) == insn)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Found a match, splice this label out of the EH label list. */
|
||
*prev = XEXP (x, 1);
|
||
XEXP (x, 1) = NULL_RTX;
|
||
XEXP (x, 0) = NULL_RTX;
|
||
|
||
/* Remove the handler from all regions */
|
||
remove_handler (insn);
|
||
deleted_handler = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
prev = &XEXP (x, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Include any jump table following the basic block. */
|
||
end = b->end;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (end) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (tmp = JUMP_LABEL (end)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& (tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& GET_CODE (tmp) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
end = tmp;
|
||
|
||
/* Include any barrier that may follow the basic block. */
|
||
tmp = next_nonnote_insn (end);
|
||
if (tmp && GET_CODE (tmp) == BARRIER)
|
||
end = tmp;
|
||
|
||
/* Selectively delete the entire chain. */
|
||
flow_delete_insn_chain (insn, end);
|
||
|
||
/* Remove the edges into and out of this block. Note that there may
|
||
indeed be edges in, if we are removing an unreachable loop. */
|
||
{
|
||
edge e, next, *q;
|
||
|
||
for (e = b->pred; e; e = next)
|
||
{
|
||
for (q = &e->src->succ; *q != e; q = &(*q)->succ_next)
|
||
continue;
|
||
*q = e->succ_next;
|
||
next = e->pred_next;
|
||
n_edges--;
|
||
free (e);
|
||
}
|
||
for (e = b->succ; e; e = next)
|
||
{
|
||
for (q = &e->dest->pred; *q != e; q = &(*q)->pred_next)
|
||
continue;
|
||
*q = e->pred_next;
|
||
next = e->succ_next;
|
||
n_edges--;
|
||
free (e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
b->pred = NULL;
|
||
b->succ = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Remove the basic block from the array, and compact behind it. */
|
||
expunge_block (b);
|
||
|
||
return deleted_handler;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Remove block B from the basic block array and compact behind it. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
expunge_block (b)
|
||
basic_block b;
|
||
{
|
||
int i, n = n_basic_blocks;
|
||
|
||
for (i = b->index; i + 1 < n; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block x = BASIC_BLOCK (i + 1);
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i) = x;
|
||
x->index = i;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
basic_block_info->num_elements--;
|
||
n_basic_blocks--;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete INSN by patching it out. Return the next insn. */
|
||
|
||
rtx
|
||
flow_delete_insn (insn)
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
|
||
PREV_INSN (insn) = NULL_RTX;
|
||
NEXT_INSN (insn) = NULL_RTX;
|
||
INSN_DELETED_P (insn) = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (prev)
|
||
NEXT_INSN (prev) = next;
|
||
if (next)
|
||
PREV_INSN (next) = prev;
|
||
else
|
||
set_last_insn (prev);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
remove_node_from_expr_list (insn, &nonlocal_goto_handler_labels);
|
||
|
||
/* If deleting a jump, decrement the use count of the label. Deleting
|
||
the label itself should happen in the normal course of block merging. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& JUMP_LABEL (insn)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (JUMP_LABEL (insn)) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (insn))--;
|
||
|
||
/* Also if deleting an insn that references a label. */
|
||
else if ((note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, NULL_RTX)) != NULL_RTX
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (note, 0))--;
|
||
|
||
return next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* True if a given label can be deleted. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
can_delete_label_p (label)
|
||
rtx label;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
|
||
if (LABEL_PRESERVE_P (label))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
for (x = forced_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
if (label == XEXP (x, 0))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
for (x = label_value_list; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
if (label == XEXP (x, 0))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
for (x = exception_handler_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
if (label == XEXP (x, 0))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* User declared labels must be preserved. */
|
||
if (LABEL_NAME (label) != 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
tail_recursion_label_p (label)
|
||
rtx label;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
|
||
for (x = tail_recursion_label_list; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
|
||
if (label == XEXP (x, 0))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Blocks A and B are to be merged into a single block A. The insns
|
||
are already contiguous, hence `nomove'. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
merge_blocks_nomove (a, b)
|
||
basic_block a, b;
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
rtx b_head, b_end, a_end;
|
||
rtx del_first = NULL_RTX, del_last = NULL_RTX;
|
||
int b_empty = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If there was a CODE_LABEL beginning B, delete it. */
|
||
b_head = b->head;
|
||
b_end = b->end;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (b_head) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Detect basic blocks with nothing but a label. This can happen
|
||
in particular at the end of a function. */
|
||
if (b_head == b_end)
|
||
b_empty = 1;
|
||
del_first = del_last = b_head;
|
||
b_head = NEXT_INSN (b_head);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete the basic block note. */
|
||
if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (b_head))
|
||
{
|
||
if (b_head == b_end)
|
||
b_empty = 1;
|
||
if (! del_last)
|
||
del_first = b_head;
|
||
del_last = b_head;
|
||
b_head = NEXT_INSN (b_head);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If there was a jump out of A, delete it. */
|
||
a_end = a->end;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (a_end) == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx prev;
|
||
|
||
for (prev = PREV_INSN (a_end); ; prev = PREV_INSN (prev))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (prev) != NOTE
|
||
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
|
||
|| prev == a->head)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
del_first = a_end;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
||
/* If this was a conditional jump, we need to also delete
|
||
the insn that set cc0. */
|
||
if (prev && sets_cc0_p (prev))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx tmp = prev;
|
||
prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev);
|
||
if (!prev)
|
||
prev = a->head;
|
||
del_first = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
a_end = prev;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (a_end)) == BARRIER)
|
||
del_first = NEXT_INSN (a_end);
|
||
|
||
/* Delete everything marked above as well as crap that might be
|
||
hanging out between the two blocks. */
|
||
flow_delete_insn_chain (del_first, del_last);
|
||
|
||
/* Normally there should only be one successor of A and that is B, but
|
||
partway though the merge of blocks for conditional_execution we'll
|
||
be merging a TEST block with THEN and ELSE successors. Free the
|
||
whole lot of them and hope the caller knows what they're doing. */
|
||
while (a->succ)
|
||
remove_edge (a->succ);
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust the edges out of B for the new owner. */
|
||
for (e = b->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
e->src = a;
|
||
a->succ = b->succ;
|
||
|
||
/* B hasn't quite yet ceased to exist. Attempt to prevent mishap. */
|
||
b->pred = b->succ = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Reassociate the insns of B with A. */
|
||
if (!b_empty)
|
||
{
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
{
|
||
BLOCK_FOR_INSN (b_head) = a;
|
||
while (b_head != b_end)
|
||
{
|
||
b_head = NEXT_INSN (b_head);
|
||
BLOCK_FOR_INSN (b_head) = a;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
a_end = b_end;
|
||
}
|
||
a->end = a_end;
|
||
|
||
expunge_block (b);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Blocks A and B are to be merged into a single block. A has no incoming
|
||
fallthru edge, so it can be moved before B without adding or modifying
|
||
any jumps (aside from the jump from A to B). */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
merge_blocks_move_predecessor_nojumps (a, b)
|
||
basic_block a, b;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx start, end, barrier;
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
start = a->head;
|
||
end = a->end;
|
||
|
||
barrier = next_nonnote_insn (end);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (barrier) != BARRIER)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
flow_delete_insn (barrier);
|
||
|
||
/* Move block and loop notes out of the chain so that we do not
|
||
disturb their order.
|
||
|
||
??? A better solution would be to squeeze out all the non-nested notes
|
||
and adjust the block trees appropriately. Even better would be to have
|
||
a tighter connection between block trees and rtl so that this is not
|
||
necessary. */
|
||
start = squeeze_notes (start, end);
|
||
|
||
/* Scramble the insn chain. */
|
||
if (end != PREV_INSN (b->head))
|
||
reorder_insns (start, end, PREV_INSN (b->head));
|
||
|
||
if (rtl_dump_file)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Moved block %d before %d and merged.\n",
|
||
a->index, b->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Swap the records for the two blocks around. Although we are deleting B,
|
||
A is now where B was and we want to compact the BB array from where
|
||
A used to be. */
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (a->index) = b;
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (b->index) = a;
|
||
index = a->index;
|
||
a->index = b->index;
|
||
b->index = index;
|
||
|
||
/* Now blocks A and B are contiguous. Merge them. */
|
||
merge_blocks_nomove (a, b);
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Blocks A and B are to be merged into a single block. B has no outgoing
|
||
fallthru edge, so it can be moved after A without adding or modifying
|
||
any jumps (aside from the jump from A to B). */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
merge_blocks_move_successor_nojumps (a, b)
|
||
basic_block a, b;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx start, end, barrier;
|
||
|
||
start = b->head;
|
||
end = b->end;
|
||
barrier = NEXT_INSN (end);
|
||
|
||
/* Recognize a jump table following block B. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (barrier) == CODE_LABEL
|
||
&& NEXT_INSN (barrier)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (barrier)) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (barrier))) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (barrier))) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
{
|
||
end = NEXT_INSN (barrier);
|
||
barrier = NEXT_INSN (end);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* There had better have been a barrier there. Delete it. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (barrier) != BARRIER)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
flow_delete_insn (barrier);
|
||
|
||
/* Move block and loop notes out of the chain so that we do not
|
||
disturb their order.
|
||
|
||
??? A better solution would be to squeeze out all the non-nested notes
|
||
and adjust the block trees appropriately. Even better would be to have
|
||
a tighter connection between block trees and rtl so that this is not
|
||
necessary. */
|
||
start = squeeze_notes (start, end);
|
||
|
||
/* Scramble the insn chain. */
|
||
reorder_insns (start, end, a->end);
|
||
|
||
/* Now blocks A and B are contiguous. Merge them. */
|
||
merge_blocks_nomove (a, b);
|
||
|
||
if (rtl_dump_file)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Moved block %d after %d and merged.\n",
|
||
b->index, a->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Attempt to merge basic blocks that are potentially non-adjacent.
|
||
Return true iff the attempt succeeded. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
merge_blocks (e, b, c)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block b, c;
|
||
{
|
||
/* If C has a tail recursion label, do not merge. There is no
|
||
edge recorded from the call_placeholder back to this label, as
|
||
that would make optimize_sibling_and_tail_recursive_calls more
|
||
complex for no gain. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (c->head) == CODE_LABEL
|
||
&& tail_recursion_label_p (c->head))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If B has a fallthru edge to C, no need to move anything. */
|
||
if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
||
{
|
||
merge_blocks_nomove (b, c);
|
||
|
||
if (rtl_dump_file)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (rtl_dump_file, "Merged %d and %d without moving.\n",
|
||
b->index, c->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
edge tmp_edge;
|
||
basic_block d;
|
||
int c_has_outgoing_fallthru;
|
||
int b_has_incoming_fallthru;
|
||
|
||
/* We must make sure to not munge nesting of exception regions,
|
||
lexical blocks, and loop notes.
|
||
|
||
The first is taken care of by requiring that the active eh
|
||
region at the end of one block always matches the active eh
|
||
region at the beginning of the next block.
|
||
|
||
The later two are taken care of by squeezing out all the notes. */
|
||
|
||
/* ??? A throw/catch edge (or any abnormal edge) should be rarely
|
||
executed and we may want to treat blocks which have two out
|
||
edges, one normal, one abnormal as only having one edge for
|
||
block merging purposes. */
|
||
|
||
for (tmp_edge = c->succ; tmp_edge; tmp_edge = tmp_edge->succ_next)
|
||
if (tmp_edge->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
||
break;
|
||
c_has_outgoing_fallthru = (tmp_edge != NULL);
|
||
|
||
for (tmp_edge = b->pred; tmp_edge; tmp_edge = tmp_edge->pred_next)
|
||
if (tmp_edge->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
||
break;
|
||
b_has_incoming_fallthru = (tmp_edge != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* If B does not have an incoming fallthru, and the exception regions
|
||
match, then it can be moved immediately before C without introducing
|
||
or modifying jumps.
|
||
|
||
C can not be the first block, so we do not have to worry about
|
||
accessing a non-existent block. */
|
||
d = BASIC_BLOCK (c->index - 1);
|
||
if (! b_has_incoming_fallthru
|
||
&& d->eh_end == b->eh_beg
|
||
&& b->eh_end == c->eh_beg)
|
||
return merge_blocks_move_predecessor_nojumps (b, c);
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, we're going to try to move C after B. Make sure the
|
||
exception regions match.
|
||
|
||
If B is the last basic block, then we must not try to access the
|
||
block structure for block B + 1. Luckily in that case we do not
|
||
need to worry about matching exception regions. */
|
||
d = (b->index + 1 < n_basic_blocks ? BASIC_BLOCK (b->index + 1) : NULL);
|
||
if (b->eh_end == c->eh_beg
|
||
&& (d == NULL || c->eh_end == d->eh_beg))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If C does not have an outgoing fallthru, then it can be moved
|
||
immediately after B without introducing or modifying jumps. */
|
||
if (! c_has_outgoing_fallthru)
|
||
return merge_blocks_move_successor_nojumps (b, c);
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, we'll need to insert an extra jump, and possibly
|
||
a new block to contain it. */
|
||
/* ??? Not implemented yet. */
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Top level driver for merge_blocks. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
try_merge_blocks ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Attempt to merge blocks as made possible by edge removal. If a block
|
||
has only one successor, and the successor has only one predecessor,
|
||
they may be combined. */
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks;)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block c, b = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
edge s;
|
||
|
||
/* A loop because chains of blocks might be combineable. */
|
||
while ((s = b->succ) != NULL
|
||
&& s->succ_next == NULL
|
||
&& (s->flags & EDGE_EH) == 0
|
||
&& (c = s->dest) != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& c->pred->pred_next == NULL
|
||
/* If the jump insn has side effects, we can't kill the edge. */
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (b->end) != JUMP_INSN
|
||
|| onlyjump_p (b->end))
|
||
&& merge_blocks (s, b, c))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't get confused by the index shift caused by deleting blocks. */
|
||
i = b->index + 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The given edge should potentially be a fallthru edge. If that is in
|
||
fact true, delete the jump and barriers that are in the way. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
tidy_fallthru_edge (e, b, c)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block b, c;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx q;
|
||
|
||
/* ??? In a late-running flow pass, other folks may have deleted basic
|
||
blocks by nopping out blocks, leaving multiple BARRIERs between here
|
||
and the target label. They ought to be chastized and fixed.
|
||
|
||
We can also wind up with a sequence of undeletable labels between
|
||
one block and the next.
|
||
|
||
So search through a sequence of barriers, labels, and notes for
|
||
the head of block C and assert that we really do fall through. */
|
||
|
||
if (next_real_insn (b->end) != next_real_insn (PREV_INSN (c->head)))
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Remove what will soon cease being the jump insn from the source block.
|
||
If block B consisted only of this single jump, turn it into a deleted
|
||
note. */
|
||
q = b->end;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (q) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& onlyjump_p (q)
|
||
&& (any_uncondjump_p (q)
|
||
|| (b->succ == e && e->succ_next == NULL)))
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
||
/* If this was a conditional jump, we need to also delete
|
||
the insn that set cc0. */
|
||
if (any_condjump_p (q) && sets_cc0_p (PREV_INSN (q)))
|
||
q = PREV_INSN (q);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (b->head == q)
|
||
{
|
||
PUT_CODE (q, NOTE);
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (q) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (q) = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
q = PREV_INSN (q);
|
||
|
||
b->end = q;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Selectively unlink the sequence. */
|
||
if (q != PREV_INSN (c->head))
|
||
flow_delete_insn_chain (NEXT_INSN (q), PREV_INSN (c->head));
|
||
|
||
e->flags |= EDGE_FALLTHRU;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fix up edges that now fall through, or rather should now fall through
|
||
but previously required a jump around now deleted blocks. Simplify
|
||
the search by only examining blocks numerically adjacent, since this
|
||
is how find_basic_blocks created them. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
tidy_fallthru_edges ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 1; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block b = BASIC_BLOCK (i - 1);
|
||
basic_block c = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
edge s;
|
||
|
||
/* We care about simple conditional or unconditional jumps with
|
||
a single successor.
|
||
|
||
If we had a conditional branch to the next instruction when
|
||
find_basic_blocks was called, then there will only be one
|
||
out edge for the block which ended with the conditional
|
||
branch (since we do not create duplicate edges).
|
||
|
||
Furthermore, the edge will be marked as a fallthru because we
|
||
merge the flags for the duplicate edges. So we do not want to
|
||
check that the edge is not a FALLTHRU edge. */
|
||
if ((s = b->succ) != NULL
|
||
&& s->succ_next == NULL
|
||
&& s->dest == c
|
||
/* If the jump insn has side effects, we can't tidy the edge. */
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (b->end) != JUMP_INSN
|
||
|| onlyjump_p (b->end)))
|
||
tidy_fallthru_edge (s, b, c);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Perform data flow analysis.
|
||
F is the first insn of the function; FLAGS is a set of PROP_* flags
|
||
to be used in accumulating flow info. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
life_analysis (f, file, flags)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
|
||
register int i;
|
||
static struct {int from, to; } eliminables[] = ELIMINABLE_REGS;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Record which registers will be eliminated. We use this in
|
||
mark_used_regs. */
|
||
|
||
CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (elim_reg_set);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
|
||
for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (eliminables); i++)
|
||
SET_HARD_REG_BIT (elim_reg_set, eliminables[i].from);
|
||
#else
|
||
SET_HARD_REG_BIT (elim_reg_set, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (! optimize)
|
||
flags &= ~(PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_AUTOINC);
|
||
|
||
/* The post-reload life analysis have (on a global basis) the same
|
||
registers live as was computed by reload itself. elimination
|
||
Otherwise offsets and such may be incorrect.
|
||
|
||
Reload will make some registers as live even though they do not
|
||
appear in the rtl.
|
||
|
||
We don't want to create new auto-incs after reload, since they
|
||
are unlikely to be useful and can cause problems with shared
|
||
stack slots. */
|
||
if (reload_completed)
|
||
flags &= ~(PROP_REG_INFO | PROP_AUTOINC);
|
||
|
||
/* We want alias analysis information for local dead store elimination. */
|
||
if (optimize && (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE))
|
||
init_alias_analysis ();
|
||
|
||
/* Always remove no-op moves. Do this before other processing so
|
||
that we don't have to keep re-scanning them. */
|
||
delete_noop_moves (f);
|
||
|
||
/* Some targets can emit simpler epilogues if they know that sp was
|
||
not ever modified during the function. After reload, of course,
|
||
we've already emitted the epilogue so there's no sense searching. */
|
||
if (! reload_completed)
|
||
notice_stack_pointer_modification (f);
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate and zero out data structures that will record the
|
||
data from lifetime analysis. */
|
||
allocate_reg_life_data ();
|
||
allocate_bb_life_data ();
|
||
|
||
/* Find the set of registers live on function exit. */
|
||
mark_regs_live_at_end (EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_start);
|
||
|
||
/* "Update" life info from zero. It'd be nice to begin the
|
||
relaxation with just the exit and noreturn blocks, but that set
|
||
is not immediately handy. */
|
||
|
||
if (flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
memset (regs_ever_live, 0, sizeof (regs_ever_live));
|
||
update_life_info (NULL, UPDATE_LIFE_GLOBAL, flags);
|
||
|
||
/* Clean up. */
|
||
if (optimize && (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE))
|
||
end_alias_analysis ();
|
||
|
||
if (file)
|
||
dump_flow_info (file);
|
||
|
||
free_basic_block_vars (1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* A subroutine of verify_wide_reg, called through for_each_rtx.
|
||
Search for REGNO. If found, abort if it is not wider than word_mode. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
verify_wide_reg_1 (px, pregno)
|
||
rtx *px;
|
||
void *pregno;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx x = *px;
|
||
unsigned int regno = *(int *) pregno;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) == regno)
|
||
{
|
||
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) <= BITS_PER_WORD)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* A subroutine of verify_local_live_at_start. Search through insns
|
||
between HEAD and END looking for register REGNO. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
verify_wide_reg (regno, head, end)
|
||
int regno;
|
||
rtx head, end;
|
||
{
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
if (INSN_P (head)
|
||
&& for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (head), verify_wide_reg_1, ®no))
|
||
return;
|
||
if (head == end)
|
||
break;
|
||
head = NEXT_INSN (head);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We didn't find the register at all. Something's way screwy. */
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* A subroutine of update_life_info. Verify that there are no untoward
|
||
changes in live_at_start during a local update. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
verify_local_live_at_start (new_live_at_start, bb)
|
||
regset new_live_at_start;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
if (reload_completed)
|
||
{
|
||
/* After reload, there are no pseudos, nor subregs of multi-word
|
||
registers. The regsets should exactly match. */
|
||
if (! REG_SET_EQUAL_P (new_live_at_start, bb->global_live_at_start))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Find the set of changed registers. */
|
||
XOR_REG_SET (new_live_at_start, bb->global_live_at_start);
|
||
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (new_live_at_start, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
/* No registers should die. */
|
||
if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (bb->global_live_at_start, i))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
/* Verify that the now-live register is wider than word_mode. */
|
||
verify_wide_reg (i, bb->head, bb->end);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Updates life information starting with the basic blocks set in BLOCKS.
|
||
If BLOCKS is null, consider it to be the universal set.
|
||
|
||
If EXTENT is UPDATE_LIFE_LOCAL, such as after splitting or peepholeing,
|
||
we are only expecting local modifications to basic blocks. If we find
|
||
extra registers live at the beginning of a block, then we either killed
|
||
useful data, or we have a broken split that wants data not provided.
|
||
If we find registers removed from live_at_start, that means we have
|
||
a broken peephole that is killing a register it shouldn't.
|
||
|
||
??? This is not true in one situation -- when a pre-reload splitter
|
||
generates subregs of a multi-word pseudo, current life analysis will
|
||
lose the kill. So we _can_ have a pseudo go live. How irritating.
|
||
|
||
Including PROP_REG_INFO does not properly refresh regs_ever_live
|
||
unless the caller resets it to zero. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
update_life_info (blocks, extent, prop_flags)
|
||
sbitmap blocks;
|
||
enum update_life_extent extent;
|
||
int prop_flags;
|
||
{
|
||
regset tmp;
|
||
regset_head tmp_head;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
tmp = INITIALIZE_REG_SET (tmp_head);
|
||
|
||
/* For a global update, we go through the relaxation process again. */
|
||
if (extent != UPDATE_LIFE_LOCAL)
|
||
{
|
||
calculate_global_regs_live (blocks, blocks,
|
||
prop_flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE);
|
||
|
||
/* If asked, remove notes from the blocks we'll update. */
|
||
if (extent == UPDATE_LIFE_GLOBAL_RM_NOTES)
|
||
count_or_remove_death_notes (blocks, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (blocks)
|
||
{
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (blocks, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (tmp, bb->global_live_at_end);
|
||
propagate_block (bb, tmp, (regset) NULL, prop_flags);
|
||
|
||
if (extent == UPDATE_LIFE_LOCAL)
|
||
verify_local_live_at_start (tmp, bb);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (tmp, bb->global_live_at_end);
|
||
propagate_block (bb, tmp, (regset) NULL, prop_flags);
|
||
|
||
if (extent == UPDATE_LIFE_LOCAL)
|
||
verify_local_live_at_start (tmp, bb);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (tmp);
|
||
|
||
if (prop_flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The only pseudos that are live at the beginning of the function
|
||
are those that were not set anywhere in the function. local-alloc
|
||
doesn't know how to handle these correctly, so mark them as not
|
||
local to any one basic block. */
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_end,
|
||
FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i,
|
||
{ REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i) = REG_BLOCK_GLOBAL; });
|
||
|
||
/* We have a problem with any pseudoreg that lives across the setjmp.
|
||
ANSI says that if a user variable does not change in value between
|
||
the setjmp and the longjmp, then the longjmp preserves it. This
|
||
includes longjmp from a place where the pseudo appears dead.
|
||
(In principle, the value still exists if it is in scope.)
|
||
If the pseudo goes in a hard reg, some other value may occupy
|
||
that hard reg where this pseudo is dead, thus clobbering the pseudo.
|
||
Conclusion: such a pseudo must not go in a hard reg. */
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (regs_live_at_setjmp,
|
||
FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, i,
|
||
{
|
||
if (regno_reg_rtx[i] != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
REG_LIVE_LENGTH (i) = -1;
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i) = REG_BLOCK_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Free the variables allocated by find_basic_blocks.
|
||
|
||
KEEP_HEAD_END_P is non-zero if basic_block_info is not to be freed. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
free_basic_block_vars (keep_head_end_p)
|
||
int keep_head_end_p;
|
||
{
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
{
|
||
VARRAY_FREE (basic_block_for_insn);
|
||
basic_block_for_insn = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! keep_head_end_p)
|
||
{
|
||
clear_edges ();
|
||
VARRAY_FREE (basic_block_info);
|
||
n_basic_blocks = 0;
|
||
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->aux = NULL;
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_end = NULL;
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->aux = NULL;
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_start = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if the destination of SET equals the source. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
set_noop_p (set)
|
||
rtx set;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
|
||
rtx dst = SET_DEST (set);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (dst) == SUBREG)
|
||
{
|
||
if (SUBREG_WORD (src) != SUBREG_WORD (dst))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
src = SUBREG_REG (src);
|
||
dst = SUBREG_REG (dst);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return (GET_CODE (src) == REG && GET_CODE (dst) == REG
|
||
&& REGNO (src) == REGNO (dst));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return nonzero if an insn consists only of SETs, each of which only sets a
|
||
value to itself. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
noop_move_p (insn)
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
|
||
|
||
/* Insns carrying these notes are useful later on. */
|
||
if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET && set_noop_p (pat))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
/* If nothing but SETs of registers to themselves,
|
||
this insn can also be deleted. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pat, 0); i++)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx tem = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (tem) == USE
|
||
|| GET_CODE (tem) == CLOBBER)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (tem) != SET || ! set_noop_p (tem))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete any insns that copy a register to itself. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
delete_noop_moves (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && noop_move_p (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Determine if the stack pointer is constant over the life of the function.
|
||
Only useful before prologues have been emitted. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
notice_stack_pointer_modification_1 (x, pat, data)
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
rtx pat ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
{
|
||
if (x == stack_pointer_rtx
|
||
/* The stack pointer is only modified indirectly as the result
|
||
of a push until later in flow. See the comments in rtl.texi
|
||
regarding Embedded Side-Effects on Addresses. */
|
||
|| (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_INC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == POST_DEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == POST_INC)
|
||
&& XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx))
|
||
current_function_sp_is_unchanging = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
notice_stack_pointer_modification (f)
|
||
rtx f;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
|
||
/* Assume that the stack pointer is unchanging if alloca hasn't
|
||
been used. */
|
||
current_function_sp_is_unchanging = !current_function_calls_alloca;
|
||
if (! current_function_sp_is_unchanging)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
if (INSN_P (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check if insn modifies the stack pointer. */
|
||
note_stores (PATTERN (insn), notice_stack_pointer_modification_1,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
if (! current_function_sp_is_unchanging)
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark a register in SET. Hard registers in large modes get all
|
||
of their component registers set as well. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_reg (reg, xset)
|
||
rtx reg;
|
||
void *xset;
|
||
{
|
||
regset set = (regset) xset;
|
||
int regno = REGNO (reg);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_MODE (reg) == BLKmode)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, regno);
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
int n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
while (--n > 0)
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, regno + n);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark those regs which are needed at the end of the function as live
|
||
at the end of the last basic block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_regs_live_at_end (set)
|
||
regset set;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* If exiting needs the right stack value, consider the stack pointer
|
||
live at the end of the function. */
|
||
if ((HAVE_epilogue && reload_completed)
|
||
|| ! EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
|
||
|| (! FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
|
||
&& ! current_function_calls_alloca
|
||
&& flag_omit_frame_pointer)
|
||
|| current_function_sp_is_unchanging)
|
||
{
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the frame pointer if needed at the end of the function. If
|
||
we end up eliminating it, it will be removed from the live list
|
||
of each basic block by reload. */
|
||
|
||
if (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed)
|
||
{
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
/* If they are different, also mark the hard frame pointer as live. */
|
||
if (! LOCAL_REGNO (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
|
||
#ifndef PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
|
||
/* Many architectures have a GP register even without flag_pic.
|
||
Assume the pic register is not in use, or will be handled by
|
||
other means, if it is not fixed. */
|
||
if (fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM])
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
|
||
#endif
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Mark all global registers, and all registers used by the epilogue
|
||
as being live at the end of the function since they may be
|
||
referenced by our caller. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
||
if (global_regs[i] || EPILOGUE_USES (i))
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, i);
|
||
|
||
/* Mark all call-saved registers that we actaully used. */
|
||
if (HAVE_epilogue && reload_completed)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
||
if (regs_ever_live[i] && ! call_used_regs[i] && ! LOCAL_REGNO (i))
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, i);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark function return value. */
|
||
diddle_return_value (mark_reg, set);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Callback function for for_each_successor_phi. DATA is a regset.
|
||
Sets the SRC_REGNO, the regno of the phi alternative for phi node
|
||
INSN, in the regset. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
set_phi_alternative_reg (insn, dest_regno, src_regno, data)
|
||
rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
int dest_regno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
int src_regno;
|
||
void *data;
|
||
{
|
||
regset live = (regset) data;
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (live, src_regno);
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Propagate global life info around the graph of basic blocks. Begin
|
||
considering blocks with their corresponding bit set in BLOCKS_IN.
|
||
If BLOCKS_IN is null, consider it the universal set.
|
||
|
||
BLOCKS_OUT is set for every block that was changed. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
calculate_global_regs_live (blocks_in, blocks_out, flags)
|
||
sbitmap blocks_in, blocks_out;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block *queue, *qhead, *qtail, *qend;
|
||
regset tmp, new_live_at_end;
|
||
regset_head tmp_head;
|
||
regset_head new_live_at_end_head;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
tmp = INITIALIZE_REG_SET (tmp_head);
|
||
new_live_at_end = INITIALIZE_REG_SET (new_live_at_end_head);
|
||
|
||
/* Create a worklist. Allocate an extra slot for ENTRY_BLOCK, and one
|
||
because the `head == tail' style test for an empty queue doesn't
|
||
work with a full queue. */
|
||
queue = (basic_block *) xmalloc ((n_basic_blocks + 2) * sizeof (*queue));
|
||
qtail = queue;
|
||
qhead = qend = queue + n_basic_blocks + 2;
|
||
|
||
/* Clear out the garbage that might be hanging out in bb->aux. */
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (i)->aux = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Queue the blocks set in the initial mask. Do this in reverse block
|
||
number order so that we are more likely for the first round to do
|
||
useful work. We use AUX non-null to flag that the block is queued. */
|
||
if (blocks_in)
|
||
{
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (blocks_in, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
*--qhead = bb;
|
||
bb->aux = bb;
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
*--qhead = bb;
|
||
bb->aux = bb;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (blocks_out)
|
||
sbitmap_zero (blocks_out);
|
||
|
||
while (qhead != qtail)
|
||
{
|
||
int rescan, changed;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
bb = *qhead++;
|
||
if (qhead == qend)
|
||
qhead = queue;
|
||
bb->aux = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Begin by propogating live_at_start from the successor blocks. */
|
||
CLEAR_REG_SET (new_live_at_end);
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block sb = e->dest;
|
||
IOR_REG_SET (new_live_at_end, sb->global_live_at_start);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Force the stack pointer to be live -- which might not already be
|
||
the case for blocks within infinite loops. */
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (new_live_at_end, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
|
||
/* Similarly for the frame pointer before reload. Any reference
|
||
to any pseudo before reload is a potential reference of the
|
||
frame pointer. */
|
||
if (! reload_completed)
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (new_live_at_end, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
|
||
/* Regs used in phi nodes are not included in
|
||
global_live_at_start, since they are live only along a
|
||
particular edge. Set those regs that are live because of a
|
||
phi node alternative corresponding to this particular block. */
|
||
if (in_ssa_form)
|
||
for_each_successor_phi (bb, &set_phi_alternative_reg,
|
||
new_live_at_end);
|
||
|
||
if (bb == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_end, new_live_at_end);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On our first pass through this block, we'll go ahead and continue.
|
||
Recognize first pass by local_set NULL. On subsequent passes, we
|
||
get to skip out early if live_at_end wouldn't have changed. */
|
||
|
||
if (bb->local_set == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bb->local_set = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
rescan = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* If any bits were removed from live_at_end, we'll have to
|
||
rescan the block. This wouldn't be necessary if we had
|
||
precalculated local_live, however with PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE
|
||
local_live is really dependent on live_at_end. */
|
||
CLEAR_REG_SET (tmp);
|
||
rescan = bitmap_operation (tmp, bb->global_live_at_end,
|
||
new_live_at_end, BITMAP_AND_COMPL);
|
||
|
||
if (! rescan)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Find the set of changed bits. Take this opportunity
|
||
to notice that this set is empty and early out. */
|
||
CLEAR_REG_SET (tmp);
|
||
changed = bitmap_operation (tmp, bb->global_live_at_end,
|
||
new_live_at_end, BITMAP_XOR);
|
||
if (! changed)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* If any of the changed bits overlap with local_set,
|
||
we'll have to rescan the block. Detect overlap by
|
||
the AND with ~local_set turning off bits. */
|
||
rescan = bitmap_operation (tmp, tmp, bb->local_set,
|
||
BITMAP_AND_COMPL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Let our caller know that BB changed enough to require its
|
||
death notes updated. */
|
||
if (blocks_out)
|
||
SET_BIT (blocks_out, bb->index);
|
||
|
||
if (! rescan)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Add to live_at_start the set of all registers in
|
||
new_live_at_end that aren't in the old live_at_end. */
|
||
|
||
bitmap_operation (tmp, new_live_at_end, bb->global_live_at_end,
|
||
BITMAP_AND_COMPL);
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_end, new_live_at_end);
|
||
|
||
changed = bitmap_operation (bb->global_live_at_start,
|
||
bb->global_live_at_start,
|
||
tmp, BITMAP_IOR);
|
||
if (! changed)
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_end, new_live_at_end);
|
||
|
||
/* Rescan the block insn by insn to turn (a copy of) live_at_end
|
||
into live_at_start. */
|
||
propagate_block (bb, new_live_at_end, bb->local_set, flags);
|
||
|
||
/* If live_at start didn't change, no need to go farther. */
|
||
if (REG_SET_EQUAL_P (bb->global_live_at_start, new_live_at_end))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
COPY_REG_SET (bb->global_live_at_start, new_live_at_end);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Queue all predecessors of BB so that we may re-examine
|
||
their live_at_end. */
|
||
for (e = bb->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block pb = e->src;
|
||
if (pb->aux == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
*qtail++ = pb;
|
||
if (qtail == qend)
|
||
qtail = queue;
|
||
pb->aux = pb;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (tmp);
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (new_live_at_end);
|
||
|
||
if (blocks_out)
|
||
{
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (blocks_out, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (bb->local_set);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (bb->local_set);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free (queue);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Subroutines of life analysis. */
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate the permanent data structures that represent the results
|
||
of life analysis. Not static since used also for stupid life analysis. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
allocate_bb_life_data ()
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
bb->global_live_at_start = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
bb->global_live_at_end = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_end
|
||
= OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_start
|
||
= OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
|
||
regs_live_at_setjmp = OBSTACK_ALLOC_REG_SET (function_obstack);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
allocate_reg_life_data ()
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
max_regno = max_reg_num ();
|
||
|
||
/* Recalculate the register space, in case it has grown. Old style
|
||
vector oriented regsets would set regset_{size,bytes} here also. */
|
||
allocate_reg_info (max_regno, FALSE, FALSE);
|
||
|
||
/* Reset all the data we'll collect in propagate_block and its
|
||
subroutines. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < max_regno; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
REG_N_SETS (i) = 0;
|
||
REG_N_REFS (i) = 0;
|
||
REG_N_DEATHS (i) = 0;
|
||
REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (i) = 0;
|
||
REG_LIVE_LENGTH (i) = 0;
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i) = REG_BLOCK_UNKNOWN;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete dead instructions for propagate_block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
propagate_block_delete_insn (bb, insn)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx inote = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, NULL_RTX);
|
||
|
||
/* If the insn referred to a label, and that label was attached to
|
||
an ADDR_VEC, it's safe to delete the ADDR_VEC. In fact, it's
|
||
pretty much mandatory to delete it, because the ADDR_VEC may be
|
||
referencing labels that no longer exist. */
|
||
|
||
if (inote)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx label = XEXP (inote, 0);
|
||
rtx next;
|
||
|
||
if (LABEL_NUSES (label) == 1
|
||
&& (next = next_nonnote_insn (label)) != NULL
|
||
&& GET_CODE (next) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx pat = PATTERN (next);
|
||
int diff_vec_p = GET_CODE (pat) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC;
|
||
int len = XVECLEN (pat, diff_vec_p);
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||
LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (XVECEXP (pat, diff_vec_p, i), 0))--;
|
||
|
||
flow_delete_insn (next);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bb->end == insn)
|
||
bb->end = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
flow_delete_insn (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Delete dead libcalls for propagate_block. Return the insn
|
||
before the libcall. */
|
||
|
||
static rtx
|
||
propagate_block_delete_libcall (bb, insn, note)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
rtx insn, note;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx first = XEXP (note, 0);
|
||
rtx before = PREV_INSN (first);
|
||
|
||
if (insn == bb->end)
|
||
bb->end = before;
|
||
|
||
flow_delete_insn_chain (first, insn);
|
||
return before;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Update the life-status of regs for one insn. Return the previous insn. */
|
||
|
||
rtx
|
||
propagate_one_insn (pbi, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
int flags = pbi->flags;
|
||
int insn_is_dead = 0;
|
||
int libcall_is_dead = 0;
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (! INSN_P (insn))
|
||
return prev;
|
||
|
||
note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
|
||
if (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE)
|
||
{
|
||
insn_is_dead = insn_dead_p (pbi, PATTERN (insn), 0,
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
libcall_is_dead = (insn_is_dead && note != 0
|
||
&& libcall_dead_p (pbi, note, insn));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We almost certainly don't want to delete prologue or epilogue
|
||
instructions. Warn about probable compiler losage. */
|
||
if (insn_is_dead
|
||
&& reload_completed
|
||
&& (((HAVE_epilogue || HAVE_prologue)
|
||
&& prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
|
||
|| (HAVE_sibcall_epilogue
|
||
&& sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn)))
|
||
&& find_reg_note (insn, REG_MAYBE_DEAD, NULL_RTX) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & PROP_KILL_DEAD_CODE)
|
||
{
|
||
warning ("ICE: would have deleted prologue/epilogue insn");
|
||
if (!inhibit_warnings)
|
||
debug_rtx (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
libcall_is_dead = insn_is_dead = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If an instruction consists of just dead store(s) on final pass,
|
||
delete it. */
|
||
if ((flags & PROP_KILL_DEAD_CODE) && insn_is_dead)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Record sets. Do this even for dead instructions, since they
|
||
would have killed the values if they hadn't been deleted. */
|
||
mark_set_regs (pbi, PATTERN (insn), insn);
|
||
|
||
/* CC0 is now known to be dead. Either this insn used it,
|
||
in which case it doesn't anymore, or clobbered it,
|
||
so the next insn can't use it. */
|
||
pbi->cc0_live = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (libcall_is_dead)
|
||
{
|
||
prev = propagate_block_delete_libcall (pbi->bb, insn, note);
|
||
insn = NEXT_INSN (prev);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
propagate_block_delete_insn (pbi->bb, insn);
|
||
|
||
return prev;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* See if this is an increment or decrement that can be merged into
|
||
a following memory address. */
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx x = single_set (insn);
|
||
|
||
/* Does this instruction increment or decrement a register? */
|
||
if ((flags & PROP_AUTOINC)
|
||
&& x != 0
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == PLUS
|
||
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == MINUS)
|
||
&& XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0) == SET_DEST (x)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
||
/* Ok, look for a following memory ref we can combine with.
|
||
If one is found, change the memory ref to a PRE_INC
|
||
or PRE_DEC, cancel this insn, and return 1.
|
||
Return 0 if nothing has been done. */
|
||
&& try_pre_increment_1 (pbi, insn))
|
||
return prev;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* AUTO_INC_DEC */
|
||
|
||
CLEAR_REG_SET (pbi->new_set);
|
||
|
||
/* If this is not the final pass, and this insn is copying the value of
|
||
a library call and it's dead, don't scan the insns that perform the
|
||
library call, so that the call's arguments are not marked live. */
|
||
if (libcall_is_dead)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Record the death of the dest reg. */
|
||
mark_set_regs (pbi, PATTERN (insn), insn);
|
||
|
||
insn = XEXP (note, 0);
|
||
return PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
|
||
&& SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)) == stack_pointer_rtx
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == PLUS
|
||
&& XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
||
/* We have an insn to pop a constant amount off the stack.
|
||
(Such insns use PLUS regardless of the direction of the stack,
|
||
and any insn to adjust the stack by a constant is always a pop.)
|
||
These insns, if not dead stores, have no effect on life. */
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Any regs live at the time of a call instruction must not go
|
||
in a register clobbered by calls. Find all regs now live and
|
||
record this for them. */
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN && (flags & PROP_REG_INFO))
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, 0, i,
|
||
{ REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (i)++; });
|
||
|
||
/* Record sets. Do this even for dead instructions, since they
|
||
would have killed the values if they hadn't been deleted. */
|
||
mark_set_regs (pbi, PATTERN (insn), insn);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
rtx note, cond;
|
||
|
||
cond = NULL_RTX;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC)
|
||
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn));
|
||
|
||
/* Non-constant calls clobber memory. */
|
||
if (! CONST_CALL_P (insn))
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&pbi->mem_set_list);
|
||
|
||
/* There may be extra registers to be clobbered. */
|
||
for (note = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn);
|
||
note;
|
||
note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == CLOBBER)
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, CLOBBER, XEXP (XEXP (note, 0), 0),
|
||
cond, insn, pbi->flags);
|
||
|
||
/* Calls change all call-used and global registers. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
||
if (call_used_regs[i] && ! global_regs[i]
|
||
&& ! fixed_regs[i])
|
||
{
|
||
/* We do not want REG_UNUSED notes for these registers. */
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, CLOBBER, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[i], i),
|
||
cond, insn,
|
||
pbi->flags & ~(PROP_DEATH_NOTES | PROP_REG_INFO));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If an insn doesn't use CC0, it becomes dead since we assume
|
||
that every insn clobbers it. So show it dead here;
|
||
mark_used_regs will set it live if it is referenced. */
|
||
pbi->cc0_live = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Record uses. */
|
||
if (! insn_is_dead)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, PATTERN (insn), NULL_RTX, insn);
|
||
|
||
/* Sometimes we may have inserted something before INSN (such as a move)
|
||
when we make an auto-inc. So ensure we will scan those insns. */
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (! insn_is_dead && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
rtx note, cond;
|
||
|
||
cond = NULL_RTX;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC)
|
||
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn));
|
||
|
||
/* Calls use their arguments. */
|
||
for (note = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn);
|
||
note;
|
||
note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == USE)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, XEXP (XEXP (note, 0), 0),
|
||
cond, insn);
|
||
|
||
/* The stack ptr is used (honorarily) by a CALL insn. */
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
||
|
||
/* Calls may also reference any of the global registers,
|
||
so they are made live. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
||
if (global_regs[i])
|
||
mark_used_reg (pbi, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[i], i),
|
||
cond, insn);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On final pass, update counts of how many insns in which each reg
|
||
is live. */
|
||
if (flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, 0, i,
|
||
{ REG_LIVE_LENGTH (i)++; });
|
||
|
||
return prev;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize a propagate_block_info struct for public consumption.
|
||
Note that the structure itself is opaque to this file, but that
|
||
the user can use the regsets provided here. */
|
||
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *
|
||
init_propagate_block_info (bb, live, local_set, flags)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
regset live;
|
||
regset local_set;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi = xmalloc (sizeof (*pbi));
|
||
|
||
pbi->bb = bb;
|
||
pbi->reg_live = live;
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = NULL_RTX;
|
||
pbi->local_set = local_set;
|
||
pbi->cc0_live = 0;
|
||
pbi->flags = flags;
|
||
|
||
if (flags & (PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_AUTOINC))
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use = (rtx *) xcalloc (max_reg_num (), sizeof (rtx));
|
||
else
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use = NULL;
|
||
|
||
pbi->new_set = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
pbi->reg_cond_dead = splay_tree_new (splay_tree_compare_ints, NULL,
|
||
free_reg_cond_life_info);
|
||
pbi->reg_cond_reg = BITMAP_XMALLOC ();
|
||
|
||
/* If this block ends in a conditional branch, for each register live
|
||
from one side of the branch and not the other, record the register
|
||
as conditionally dead. */
|
||
if ((flags & (PROP_DEATH_NOTES | PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE))
|
||
&& GET_CODE (bb->end) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& any_condjump_p (bb->end))
|
||
{
|
||
regset_head diff_head;
|
||
regset diff = INITIALIZE_REG_SET (diff_head);
|
||
basic_block bb_true, bb_false;
|
||
rtx cond_true, cond_false, set_src;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Identify the successor blocks. */
|
||
bb_true = bb->succ->dest;
|
||
if (bb->succ->succ_next != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bb_false = bb->succ->succ_next->dest;
|
||
|
||
if (bb->succ->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block t = bb_false;
|
||
bb_false = bb_true;
|
||
bb_true = t;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (! (bb->succ->succ_next->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* This can happen with a conditional jump to the next insn. */
|
||
if (JUMP_LABEL (bb->end) != bb_true->head)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Simplest way to do nothing. */
|
||
bb_false = bb_true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Extract the condition from the branch. */
|
||
set_src = SET_SRC (pc_set (bb->end));
|
||
cond_true = XEXP (set_src, 0);
|
||
cond_false = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (reverse_condition (GET_CODE (cond_true)),
|
||
GET_MODE (cond_true), XEXP (cond_true, 0),
|
||
XEXP (cond_true, 1));
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (set_src, 1)) == PC)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx t = cond_false;
|
||
cond_false = cond_true;
|
||
cond_true = t;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute which register lead different lives in the successors. */
|
||
if (bitmap_operation (diff, bb_true->global_live_at_start,
|
||
bb_false->global_live_at_start, BITMAP_XOR))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx reg = XEXP (cond_true, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG)
|
||
reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, REGNO (reg));
|
||
|
||
/* For each such register, mark it conditionally dead. */
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
|
||
(diff, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli;
|
||
rtx cond;
|
||
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (*rcli));
|
||
|
||
if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (bb_true->global_live_at_start, i))
|
||
cond = cond_false;
|
||
else
|
||
cond = cond_true;
|
||
rcli->condition = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, cond, NULL_RTX);
|
||
|
||
splay_tree_insert (pbi->reg_cond_dead, i,
|
||
(splay_tree_value) rcli);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
FREE_REG_SET (diff);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If this block has no successors, any stores to the frame that aren't
|
||
used later in the block are dead. So make a pass over the block
|
||
recording any such that are made and show them dead at the end. We do
|
||
a very conservative and simple job here. */
|
||
if (optimize
|
||
&& ! (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
|
||
&& (TYPE_RETURNS_STACK_DEPRESSED
|
||
(TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl))))
|
||
&& (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE)
|
||
&& (bb->succ == NULL
|
||
|| (bb->succ->succ_next == NULL
|
||
&& bb->succ->dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
for (insn = bb->end; insn != bb->head; insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
|
||
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))) == MEM)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx mem = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
|
||
|
||
if (XEXP (mem, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
|
||
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0)) == PLUS
|
||
&& XEXP (XEXP (mem, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (mem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, mem, pbi->mem_set_list);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return pbi;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Release a propagate_block_info struct. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
free_propagate_block_info (pbi)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
{
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&pbi->mem_set_list);
|
||
|
||
BITMAP_XFREE (pbi->new_set);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
splay_tree_delete (pbi->reg_cond_dead);
|
||
BITMAP_XFREE (pbi->reg_cond_reg);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (pbi->reg_next_use)
|
||
free (pbi->reg_next_use);
|
||
|
||
free (pbi);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the registers live at the beginning of a basic block BB from
|
||
those live at the end.
|
||
|
||
When called, REG_LIVE contains those live at the end. On return, it
|
||
contains those live at the beginning.
|
||
|
||
LOCAL_SET, if non-null, will be set with all registers killed by
|
||
this basic block. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
propagate_block (bb, live, local_set, flags)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
regset live;
|
||
regset local_set;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx insn, prev;
|
||
|
||
pbi = init_propagate_block_info (bb, live, local_set, flags);
|
||
|
||
if (flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Process the regs live at the end of the block.
|
||
Mark them as not local to any one basic block. */
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (live, 0, i,
|
||
{ REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i) = REG_BLOCK_GLOBAL; });
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Scan the block an insn at a time from end to beginning. */
|
||
|
||
for (insn = bb->end;; insn = prev)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this is a call to `setjmp' et al, warn if any
|
||
non-volatile datum is live. */
|
||
if ((flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
|
||
&& NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_SETJMP)
|
||
IOR_REG_SET (regs_live_at_setjmp, pbi->reg_live);
|
||
|
||
prev = propagate_one_insn (pbi, insn);
|
||
|
||
if (insn == bb->head)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free_propagate_block_info (pbi);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return 1 if X (the body of an insn, or part of it) is just dead stores
|
||
(SET expressions whose destinations are registers dead after the insn).
|
||
NEEDED is the regset that says which regs are alive after the insn.
|
||
|
||
Unless CALL_OK is non-zero, an insn is needed if it contains a CALL.
|
||
|
||
If X is the entire body of an insn, NOTES contains the reg notes
|
||
pertaining to the insn. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
insn_dead_p (pbi, x, call_ok, notes)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
int call_ok;
|
||
rtx notes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
/* If flow is invoked after reload, we must take existing AUTO_INC
|
||
expresions into account. */
|
||
if (reload_completed)
|
||
{
|
||
for (; notes; notes = XEXP (notes, 1))
|
||
{
|
||
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (notes) == REG_INC)
|
||
{
|
||
int regno = REGNO (XEXP (notes, 0));
|
||
|
||
/* Don't delete insns to set global regs. */
|
||
if ((regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && global_regs[regno])
|
||
|| REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* If setting something that's a reg or part of one,
|
||
see if that register's altered value will be live. */
|
||
|
||
if (code == SET)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx r = SET_DEST (x);
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
||
if (GET_CODE (r) == CC0)
|
||
return ! pbi->cc0_live;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* A SET that is a subroutine call cannot be dead. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == CALL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! call_ok)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Don't eliminate loads from volatile memory or volatile asms. */
|
||
else if (volatile_refs_p (SET_SRC (x)))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (r) == MEM)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx temp;
|
||
|
||
if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (r))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Walk the set of memory locations we are currently tracking
|
||
and see if one is an identical match to this memory location.
|
||
If so, this memory write is dead (remember, we're walking
|
||
backwards from the end of the block to the start). */
|
||
temp = pbi->mem_set_list;
|
||
while (temp)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx mem = XEXP (temp, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (rtx_equal_p (mem, r))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
/* Check if memory reference matches an auto increment. Only
|
||
post increment/decrement or modify are valid. */
|
||
if (GET_MODE (mem) == GET_MODE (r)
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0)) == POST_DEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0)) == POST_INC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (mem, 0)) == POST_MODIFY)
|
||
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0)) == GET_MODE (r)
|
||
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (mem, 0), 0), XEXP (r, 0)))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
temp = XEXP (temp, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
while (GET_CODE (r) == SUBREG
|
||
|| GET_CODE (r) == STRICT_LOW_PART
|
||
|| GET_CODE (r) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
|
||
r = XEXP (r, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (r) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
int regno = REGNO (r);
|
||
|
||
/* Obvious. */
|
||
if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a hard register, verify that subsequent
|
||
words are not needed. */
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
int n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (r));
|
||
|
||
while (--n > 0)
|
||
if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno+n))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Don't delete insns to set global regs. */
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && global_regs[regno])
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure insns to set the stack pointer aren't deleted. */
|
||
if (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure insns to set the frame pointer aren't deleted. */
|
||
if (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
if (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
/* Make sure insns to set arg pointer are never deleted
|
||
(if the arg pointer isn't fixed, there will be a USE
|
||
for it, so we can treat it normally). */
|
||
if (regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && fixed_regs[regno])
|
||
return 0;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
|
||
/* Before reload, do not allow sets of the pic register
|
||
to be deleted. Reload can insert references to
|
||
constant pool memory anywhere in the function, making
|
||
the PIC register live where it wasn't before. */
|
||
if (regno == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM && fixed_regs[regno]
|
||
&& ! reload_completed)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, the set is dead. */
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If performing several activities, insn is dead if each activity
|
||
is individually dead. Also, CLOBBERs and USEs can be ignored; a
|
||
CLOBBER or USE that's inside a PARALLEL doesn't make the insn
|
||
worth keeping. */
|
||
else if (code == PARALLEL)
|
||
{
|
||
int i = XVECLEN (x, 0);
|
||
|
||
for (i--; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (x, 0, i)) != CLOBBER
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (x, 0, i)) != USE
|
||
&& ! insn_dead_p (pbi, XVECEXP (x, 0, i), call_ok, NULL_RTX))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* A CLOBBER of a pseudo-register that is dead serves no purpose. That
|
||
is not necessarily true for hard registers. */
|
||
else if (code == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
|
||
&& REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
&& ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))))
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
/* We do not check other CLOBBER or USE here. An insn consisting of just
|
||
a CLOBBER or just a USE should not be deleted. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If INSN is the last insn in a libcall, and assuming INSN is dead,
|
||
return 1 if the entire library call is dead.
|
||
This is true if INSN copies a register (hard or pseudo)
|
||
and if the hard return reg of the call insn is dead.
|
||
(The caller should have tested the destination of the SET inside
|
||
INSN already for death.)
|
||
|
||
If this insn doesn't just copy a register, then we don't
|
||
have an ordinary libcall. In that case, cse could not have
|
||
managed to substitute the source for the dest later on,
|
||
so we can assume the libcall is dead.
|
||
|
||
PBI is the block info giving pseudoregs live before this insn.
|
||
NOTE is the REG_RETVAL note of the insn. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
libcall_dead_p (pbi, note, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx x = single_set (insn);
|
||
|
||
if (x)
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx r = SET_SRC (x);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (r) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx call = XEXP (note, 0);
|
||
rtx call_pat;
|
||
register int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Find the call insn. */
|
||
while (call != insn && GET_CODE (call) != CALL_INSN)
|
||
call = NEXT_INSN (call);
|
||
|
||
/* If there is none, do nothing special,
|
||
since ordinary death handling can understand these insns. */
|
||
if (call == insn)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* See if the hard reg holding the value is dead.
|
||
If this is a PARALLEL, find the call within it. */
|
||
call_pat = PATTERN (call);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (call_pat) == PARALLEL)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = XVECLEN (call_pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (call_pat, 0, i)) == SET
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (call_pat, 0, i))) == CALL)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* This may be a library call that is returning a value
|
||
via invisible pointer. Do nothing special, since
|
||
ordinary death handling can understand these insns. */
|
||
if (i < 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
call_pat = XVECEXP (call_pat, 0, i);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return insn_dead_p (pbi, call_pat, 1, REG_NOTES (call));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return 1 if register REGNO was used before it was set, i.e. if it is
|
||
live at function entry. Don't count global register variables, variables
|
||
in registers that can be used for function arg passing, or variables in
|
||
fixed hard registers. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
regno_uninitialized (regno)
|
||
int regno;
|
||
{
|
||
if (n_basic_blocks == 0
|
||
|| (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
&& (global_regs[regno]
|
||
|| fixed_regs[regno]
|
||
|| FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (regno))))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start, regno);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* 1 if register REGNO was alive at a place where `setjmp' was called
|
||
and was set more than once or is an argument.
|
||
Such regs may be clobbered by `longjmp'. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
regno_clobbered_at_setjmp (regno)
|
||
int regno;
|
||
{
|
||
if (n_basic_blocks == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return ((REG_N_SETS (regno) > 1
|
||
|| REGNO_REG_SET_P (BASIC_BLOCK (0)->global_live_at_start, regno))
|
||
&& REGNO_REG_SET_P (regs_live_at_setjmp, regno));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* INSN references memory, possibly using autoincrement addressing modes.
|
||
Find any entries on the mem_set_list that need to be invalidated due
|
||
to an address change. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
invalidate_mems_from_autoinc (pbi, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx note = REG_NOTES (insn);
|
||
for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
||
{
|
||
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_INC)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx temp = pbi->mem_set_list;
|
||
rtx prev = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx next;
|
||
|
||
while (temp)
|
||
{
|
||
next = XEXP (temp, 1);
|
||
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), XEXP (temp, 0)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Splice temp out of list. */
|
||
if (prev)
|
||
XEXP (prev, 1) = next;
|
||
else
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = next;
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (temp);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
prev = temp;
|
||
temp = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process the registers that are set within X. Their bits are set to
|
||
1 in the regset DEAD, because they are dead prior to this insn.
|
||
|
||
If INSN is nonzero, it is the insn being processed.
|
||
|
||
FLAGS is the set of operations to perform. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_set_regs (pbi, x, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx x, insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx cond = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx link;
|
||
enum rtx_code code;
|
||
|
||
if (insn)
|
||
for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
|
||
{
|
||
if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC)
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, SET, XEXP (link, 0),
|
||
(GET_CODE (x) == COND_EXEC
|
||
? COND_EXEC_TEST (x) : NULL_RTX),
|
||
insn, pbi->flags);
|
||
}
|
||
retry:
|
||
switch (code = GET_CODE (x))
|
||
{
|
||
case SET:
|
||
case CLOBBER:
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, code, SET_DEST (x), cond, insn, pbi->flags);
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
case COND_EXEC:
|
||
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (x);
|
||
x = COND_EXEC_CODE (x);
|
||
goto retry;
|
||
|
||
case PARALLEL:
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx sub = XVECEXP (x, 0, i);
|
||
switch (code = GET_CODE (sub))
|
||
{
|
||
case COND_EXEC:
|
||
if (cond != NULL_RTX)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (sub);
|
||
sub = COND_EXEC_CODE (sub);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (sub) != SET && GET_CODE (sub) != CLOBBER)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case SET:
|
||
case CLOBBER:
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, code, SET_DEST (sub), cond, insn, pbi->flags);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Process a single SET rtx, X. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, code, reg, cond, insn, flags)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
enum rtx_code code;
|
||
rtx reg, cond, insn;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
int regno_first = -1, regno_last = -1;
|
||
int not_dead = 0;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/* Some targets place small structures in registers for
|
||
return values of functions. We have to detect this
|
||
case specially here to get correct flow information. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL
|
||
&& GET_MODE (reg) == BLKmode)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = XVECLEN (reg, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
mark_set_1 (pbi, code, XVECEXP (reg, 0, i), cond, insn, flags);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Modifying just one hardware register of a multi-reg value or just a
|
||
byte field of a register does not mean the value from before this insn
|
||
is now dead. Of course, if it was dead after it's unused now. */
|
||
|
||
switch (GET_CODE (reg))
|
||
{
|
||
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
|
||
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
|
||
case STRICT_LOW_PART:
|
||
/* ??? Assumes STRICT_LOW_PART not used on multi-word registers. */
|
||
do
|
||
reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
|
||
while (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG
|
||
|| GET_CODE (reg) == ZERO_EXTRACT
|
||
|| GET_CODE (reg) == SIGN_EXTRACT
|
||
|| GET_CODE (reg) == STRICT_LOW_PART);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == MEM)
|
||
break;
|
||
not_dead = REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, REGNO (reg));
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case REG:
|
||
regno_last = regno_first = REGNO (reg);
|
||
if (regno_first < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
regno_last += HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno_first, GET_MODE (reg)) - 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case SUBREG:
|
||
if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
enum machine_mode outer_mode = GET_MODE (reg);
|
||
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reg));
|
||
|
||
/* Identify the range of registers affected. This is moderately
|
||
tricky for hard registers. See alter_subreg. */
|
||
|
||
regno_last = regno_first = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (reg));
|
||
if (regno_first < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef ALTER_HARD_SUBREG
|
||
regno_first = ALTER_HARD_SUBREG (outer_mode, SUBREG_WORD (reg),
|
||
inner_mode, regno_first);
|
||
#else
|
||
regno_first += SUBREG_WORD (reg);
|
||
#endif
|
||
regno_last = (regno_first
|
||
+ HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno_first, outer_mode) - 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Since we've just adjusted the register number ranges, make
|
||
sure REG matches. Otherwise some_was_live will be clear
|
||
when it shouldn't have been, and we'll create incorrect
|
||
REG_UNUSED notes. */
|
||
reg = gen_rtx_REG (outer_mode, regno_first);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the number of words in the subreg is less than the number
|
||
of words in the full register, we have a well-defined partial
|
||
set. Otherwise the high bits are undefined.
|
||
|
||
This is only really applicable to pseudos, since we just took
|
||
care of multi-word hard registers. */
|
||
if (((GET_MODE_SIZE (outer_mode)
|
||
+ UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
|
||
< ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode)
|
||
+ UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD))
|
||
not_dead = REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno_first);
|
||
|
||
reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this set is a MEM, then it kills any aliased writes.
|
||
If this set is a REG, then it kills any MEMs which use the reg. */
|
||
if (optimize && (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE))
|
||
{
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == MEM || GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx temp = pbi->mem_set_list;
|
||
rtx prev = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx next;
|
||
|
||
while (temp)
|
||
{
|
||
next = XEXP (temp, 1);
|
||
if ((GET_CODE (reg) == MEM
|
||
&& output_dependence (XEXP (temp, 0), reg))
|
||
|| (GET_CODE (reg) == REG
|
||
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, XEXP (temp, 0))))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Splice this entry out of the list. */
|
||
if (prev)
|
||
XEXP (prev, 1) = next;
|
||
else
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = next;
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (temp);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
prev = temp;
|
||
temp = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the memory reference had embedded side effects (autoincrement
|
||
address modes. Then we may need to kill some entries on the
|
||
memory set list. */
|
||
if (insn && GET_CODE (reg) == MEM)
|
||
invalidate_mems_from_autoinc (pbi, insn);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == MEM && ! side_effects_p (reg)
|
||
/* ??? With more effort we could track conditional memory life. */
|
||
&& ! cond
|
||
/* We do not know the size of a BLKmode store, so we do not track
|
||
them for redundant store elimination. */
|
||
&& GET_MODE (reg) != BLKmode
|
||
/* There are no REG_INC notes for SP, so we can't assume we'll see
|
||
everything that invalidates it. To be safe, don't eliminate any
|
||
stores though SP; none of them should be redundant anyway. */
|
||
&& ! reg_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, reg))
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, reg, pbi->mem_set_list);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG
|
||
&& ! (regno_first == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed))
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& ! (regno_first == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed))
|
||
#endif
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& ! (regno_first == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && fixed_regs[regno_first])
|
||
#endif
|
||
)
|
||
{
|
||
int some_was_live = 0, some_was_dead = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
int needed_regno = REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, i);
|
||
if (pbi->local_set)
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->local_set, i);
|
||
if (code != CLOBBER)
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->new_set, i);
|
||
|
||
some_was_live |= needed_regno;
|
||
some_was_dead |= ! needed_regno;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
/* Consider conditional death in deciding that the register needs
|
||
a death note. */
|
||
if (some_was_live && ! not_dead
|
||
/* The stack pointer is never dead. Well, not strictly true,
|
||
but it's very difficult to tell from here. Hopefully
|
||
combine_stack_adjustments will fix up the most egregious
|
||
errors. */
|
||
&& regno_first != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
if (! mark_regno_cond_dead (pbi, i, cond))
|
||
not_dead = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Additional data to record if this is the final pass. */
|
||
if (flags & (PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_REG_INFO
|
||
| PROP_DEATH_NOTES | PROP_AUTOINC))
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx y;
|
||
register int blocknum = pbi->bb->index;
|
||
|
||
y = NULL_RTX;
|
||
if (flags & (PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_AUTOINC))
|
||
{
|
||
y = pbi->reg_next_use[regno_first];
|
||
|
||
/* The next use is no longer next, since a store intervenes. */
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use[i] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Count (weighted) references, stores, etc. This counts a
|
||
register twice if it is modified, but that is correct. */
|
||
REG_N_SETS (i) += 1;
|
||
REG_N_REFS (i) += (optimize_size ? 1
|
||
: pbi->bb->loop_depth + 1);
|
||
|
||
/* The insns where a reg is live are normally counted
|
||
elsewhere, but we want the count to include the insn
|
||
where the reg is set, and the normal counting mechanism
|
||
would not count it. */
|
||
REG_LIVE_LENGTH (i) += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a hard reg, record this function uses the reg. */
|
||
if (regno_first < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; i++)
|
||
regs_ever_live[i] = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Keep track of which basic blocks each reg appears in. */
|
||
if (REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno_first) == REG_BLOCK_UNKNOWN)
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno_first) = blocknum;
|
||
else if (REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno_first) != blocknum)
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno_first) = REG_BLOCK_GLOBAL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! some_was_dead)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & PROP_LOG_LINKS)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make a logical link from the next following insn
|
||
that uses this register, back to this insn.
|
||
The following insns have already been processed.
|
||
|
||
We don't build a LOG_LINK for hard registers containing
|
||
in ASM_OPERANDs. If these registers get replaced,
|
||
we might wind up changing the semantics of the insn,
|
||
even if reload can make what appear to be valid
|
||
assignments later. */
|
||
if (y && (BLOCK_NUM (y) == blocknum)
|
||
&& (regno_first >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
|| asm_noperands (PATTERN (y)) < 0))
|
||
LOG_LINKS (y) = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, LOG_LINKS (y));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (not_dead)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (! some_was_live)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
REG_N_DEATHS (regno_first) += 1;
|
||
|
||
if (flags & PROP_DEATH_NOTES)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Note that dead stores have already been deleted
|
||
when possible. If we get here, we have found a
|
||
dead store that cannot be eliminated (because the
|
||
same insn does something useful). Indicate this
|
||
by marking the reg being set as dying here. */
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
||
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_UNUSED, reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & PROP_DEATH_NOTES)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is a case where we have a multi-word hard register
|
||
and some, but not all, of the words of the register are
|
||
needed in subsequent insns. Write REG_UNUSED notes
|
||
for those parts that were not needed. This case should
|
||
be rare. */
|
||
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
if (! REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, i))
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
||
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_UNUSED,
|
||
gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[i], i),
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Mark the register as being dead. */
|
||
if (some_was_live
|
||
&& ! not_dead
|
||
/* The stack pointer is never dead. Well, not strictly true,
|
||
but it's very difficult to tell from here. Hopefully
|
||
combine_stack_adjustments will fix up the most egregious
|
||
errors. */
|
||
&& regno_first != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
||
{
|
||
for (i = regno_first; i <= regno_last; ++i)
|
||
CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, i);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & (PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_AUTOINC))
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use[regno_first] = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is the last pass and this is a SCRATCH, show it will be dying
|
||
here and count it. */
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (reg) == SCRATCH)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flags & PROP_DEATH_NOTES)
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
||
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_UNUSED, reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
/* Mark REGNO conditionally dead.
|
||
Return true if the register is now unconditionally dead. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
mark_regno_cond_dead (pbi, regno, cond)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
int regno;
|
||
rtx cond;
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this is a store to a predicate register, the value of the
|
||
predicate is changing, we don't know that the predicate as seen
|
||
before is the same as that seen after. Flush all dependent
|
||
conditions from reg_cond_dead. This will make all such
|
||
conditionally live registers unconditionally live. */
|
||
if (REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_cond_reg, regno))
|
||
flush_reg_cond_reg (pbi, regno);
|
||
|
||
/* If this is an unconditional store, remove any conditional
|
||
life that may have existed. */
|
||
if (cond == NULL_RTX)
|
||
splay_tree_remove (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
splay_tree_node node;
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli;
|
||
rtx ncond;
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise this is a conditional set. Record that fact.
|
||
It may have been conditionally used, or there may be a
|
||
subsequent set with a complimentary condition. */
|
||
|
||
node = splay_tree_lookup (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
if (node == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was unconditionally live previously.
|
||
Record the current condition as the condition under
|
||
which it is dead. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (*rcli));
|
||
rcli->condition = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, cond, NULL_RTX);
|
||
splay_tree_insert (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno,
|
||
(splay_tree_value) rcli);
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)));
|
||
|
||
/* Not unconditionaly dead. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was conditionally live previously.
|
||
Add the new condition to the old. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) node->value;
|
||
ncond = rcli->condition;
|
||
ncond = ior_reg_cond (ncond, cond);
|
||
|
||
/* If the register is now unconditionally dead,
|
||
remove the entry in the splay_tree. */
|
||
if (ncond == const1_rtx)
|
||
splay_tree_remove (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rcli->condition = ncond;
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)));
|
||
|
||
/* Not unconditionaly dead. */
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Called from splay_tree_delete for pbi->reg_cond_life. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
free_reg_cond_life_info (value)
|
||
splay_tree_value value;
|
||
{
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) value;
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&rcli->condition);
|
||
free (rcli);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function for flush_reg_cond_reg. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flush_reg_cond_reg_1 (node, data)
|
||
splay_tree_node node;
|
||
void *data;
|
||
{
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli;
|
||
int *xdata = (int *) data;
|
||
unsigned int regno = xdata[0];
|
||
rtx c, *prev;
|
||
|
||
/* Don't need to search if last flushed value was farther on in
|
||
the in-order traversal. */
|
||
if (xdata[1] >= (int) node->key)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Splice out portions of the expression that refer to regno. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) node->value;
|
||
c = *(prev = &rcli->condition);
|
||
while (c)
|
||
{
|
||
if (regno == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (c, 0), 0)))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx next = XEXP (c, 1);
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (c);
|
||
c = *prev = next;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
c = *(prev = &XEXP (c, 1));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the entire condition is now NULL, signal the node to be removed. */
|
||
if (! rcli->condition)
|
||
{
|
||
xdata[1] = node->key;
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Flush all (sub) expressions referring to REGNO from REG_COND_LIVE. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flush_reg_cond_reg (pbi, regno)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
int regno;
|
||
{
|
||
int pair[2];
|
||
|
||
pair[0] = regno;
|
||
pair[1] = -1;
|
||
while (splay_tree_foreach (pbi->reg_cond_dead,
|
||
flush_reg_cond_reg_1, pair) == -1)
|
||
splay_tree_remove (pbi->reg_cond_dead, pair[1]);
|
||
|
||
CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, regno);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Logical arithmetic on predicate conditions. IOR, NOT and NAND.
|
||
We actually use EXPR_LIST to chain the sub-expressions together
|
||
instead of IOR because it's easier to manipulate and we have
|
||
the lists.c functions to reuse nodes.
|
||
|
||
Return a new rtl expression as appropriate. */
|
||
|
||
static rtx
|
||
ior_reg_cond (old, x)
|
||
rtx old, x;
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code x_code;
|
||
rtx x_reg;
|
||
rtx c;
|
||
|
||
/* We expect these conditions to be of the form (eq reg 0). */
|
||
x_code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (x_code) != '<'
|
||
|| GET_CODE (x_reg = XEXP (x, 0)) != REG
|
||
|| XEXP (x, 1) != const0_rtx)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Search the expression for an existing sub-expression of X_REG. */
|
||
for (c = old; c; c = XEXP (c, 1))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx y = XEXP (c, 0);
|
||
if (REGNO (XEXP (y, 0)) == REGNO (x_reg))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we find X already present in OLD, we need do nothing. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (y) == x_code)
|
||
return old;
|
||
|
||
/* If we find X being a compliment of a condition in OLD,
|
||
then the entire condition is true. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (y) == reverse_condition (x_code))
|
||
return const1_rtx;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise just add to the chain. */
|
||
return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, x, old);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static rtx
|
||
not_reg_cond (x)
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code x_code;
|
||
rtx x_reg;
|
||
|
||
/* We expect these conditions to be of the form (eq reg 0). */
|
||
x_code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (x_code) != '<'
|
||
|| GET_CODE (x_reg = XEXP (x, 0)) != REG
|
||
|| XEXP (x, 1) != const0_rtx)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (reverse_condition (x_code),
|
||
VOIDmode, x_reg, const0_rtx),
|
||
NULL_RTX);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static rtx
|
||
nand_reg_cond (old, x)
|
||
rtx old, x;
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code x_code;
|
||
rtx x_reg;
|
||
rtx c, *prev;
|
||
|
||
/* We expect these conditions to be of the form (eq reg 0). */
|
||
x_code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (x_code) != '<'
|
||
|| GET_CODE (x_reg = XEXP (x, 0)) != REG
|
||
|| XEXP (x, 1) != const0_rtx)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Search the expression for an existing sub-expression of X_REG. */
|
||
|
||
for (c = *(prev = &old); c; c = *(prev = &XEXP (c, 1)))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx y = XEXP (c, 0);
|
||
if (REGNO (XEXP (y, 0)) == REGNO (x_reg))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we find X already present in OLD, then we need to
|
||
splice it out. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (y) == x_code)
|
||
{
|
||
*prev = XEXP (c, 1);
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (c);
|
||
return old ? old : const0_rtx;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we find X being a compliment of a condition in OLD,
|
||
then we need do nothing. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (y) == reverse_condition (x_code))
|
||
return old;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, by implication, the register in question is now live for
|
||
the inverse of the condition X. */
|
||
return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (reverse_condition (x_code),
|
||
VOIDmode, x_reg, const0_rtx),
|
||
old);
|
||
}
|
||
#endif /* HAVE_conditional_execution */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
|
||
/* Try to substitute the auto-inc expression INC as the address inside
|
||
MEM which occurs in INSN. Currently, the address of MEM is an expression
|
||
involving INCR_REG, and INCR is the next use of INCR_REG; it is an insn
|
||
that has a single set whose source is a PLUS of INCR_REG and something
|
||
else. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, inc, insn, mem, incr, incr_reg)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx inc, insn, mem, incr, incr_reg;
|
||
{
|
||
int regno = REGNO (incr_reg);
|
||
rtx set = single_set (incr);
|
||
rtx q = SET_DEST (set);
|
||
rtx y = SET_SRC (set);
|
||
int opnum = XEXP (y, 0) == incr_reg ? 0 : 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure this reg appears only once in this insn. */
|
||
if (count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), incr_reg, 1) != 1)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (dead_or_set_p (incr, incr_reg)
|
||
/* Mustn't autoinc an eliminable register. */
|
||
&& (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
|| ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (elim_reg_set, regno)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* This is the simple case. Try to make the auto-inc. If
|
||
we can't, we are done. Otherwise, we will do any
|
||
needed updates below. */
|
||
if (! validate_change (insn, &XEXP (mem, 0), inc, 0))
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (q) == REG
|
||
/* PREV_INSN used here to check the semi-open interval
|
||
[insn,incr). */
|
||
&& ! reg_used_between_p (q, PREV_INSN (insn), incr)
|
||
/* We must also check for sets of q as q may be
|
||
a call clobbered hard register and there may
|
||
be a call between PREV_INSN (insn) and incr. */
|
||
&& ! reg_set_between_p (q, PREV_INSN (insn), incr))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have *p followed sometime later by q = p+size.
|
||
Both p and q must be live afterward,
|
||
and q is not used between INSN and its assignment.
|
||
Change it to q = p, ...*q..., q = q+size.
|
||
Then fall into the usual case. */
|
||
rtx insns, temp;
|
||
|
||
start_sequence ();
|
||
emit_move_insn (q, incr_reg);
|
||
insns = get_insns ();
|
||
end_sequence ();
|
||
|
||
if (basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
for (temp = insns; temp; temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
|
||
set_block_for_insn (temp, pbi->bb);
|
||
|
||
/* If we can't make the auto-inc, or can't make the
|
||
replacement into Y, exit. There's no point in making
|
||
the change below if we can't do the auto-inc and doing
|
||
so is not correct in the pre-inc case. */
|
||
|
||
XEXP (inc, 0) = q;
|
||
validate_change (insn, &XEXP (mem, 0), inc, 1);
|
||
validate_change (incr, &XEXP (y, opnum), q, 1);
|
||
if (! apply_change_group ())
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* We now know we'll be doing this change, so emit the
|
||
new insn(s) and do the updates. */
|
||
emit_insns_before (insns, insn);
|
||
|
||
if (pbi->bb->head == insn)
|
||
pbi->bb->head = insns;
|
||
|
||
/* INCR will become a NOTE and INSN won't contain a
|
||
use of INCR_REG. If a use of INCR_REG was just placed in
|
||
the insn before INSN, make that the next use.
|
||
Otherwise, invalidate it. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (insn)) == INSN
|
||
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (insn))) == SET
|
||
&& SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (insn))) == incr_reg)
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use[regno] = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
||
else
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use[regno] = 0;
|
||
|
||
incr_reg = q;
|
||
regno = REGNO (q);
|
||
|
||
/* REGNO is now used in INCR which is below INSN, but
|
||
it previously wasn't live here. If we don't mark
|
||
it as live, we'll put a REG_DEAD note for it
|
||
on this insn, which is incorrect. */
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, regno);
|
||
|
||
/* If there are any calls between INSN and INCR, show
|
||
that REGNO now crosses them. */
|
||
for (temp = insn; temp != incr; temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
|
||
if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
|
||
REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (regno)++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* If we haven't returned, it means we were able to make the
|
||
auto-inc, so update the status. First, record that this insn
|
||
has an implicit side effect. */
|
||
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn) = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC, incr_reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
|
||
/* Modify the old increment-insn to simply copy
|
||
the already-incremented value of our register. */
|
||
if (! validate_change (incr, &SET_SRC (set), incr_reg, 0))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* If that makes it a no-op (copying the register into itself) delete
|
||
it so it won't appear to be a "use" and a "set" of this
|
||
register. */
|
||
if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == REGNO (incr_reg))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If the original source was dead, it's dead now. */
|
||
rtx note;
|
||
|
||
while ((note = find_reg_note (incr, REG_DEAD, NULL_RTX)) != NULL_RTX)
|
||
{
|
||
remove_note (incr, note);
|
||
if (XEXP (note, 0) != incr_reg)
|
||
CLEAR_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
PUT_CODE (incr, NOTE);
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (incr) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (incr) = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Count an extra reference to the reg. When a reg is
|
||
incremented, spilling it is worse, so we want to make
|
||
that less likely. */
|
||
REG_N_REFS (regno) += (optimize_size ? 1 : pbi->bb->loop_depth + 1);
|
||
|
||
/* Count the increment as a setting of the register,
|
||
even though it isn't a SET in rtl. */
|
||
REG_N_SETS (regno)++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* X is a MEM found in INSN. See if we can convert it into an auto-increment
|
||
reference. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
find_auto_inc (pbi, x, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
|
||
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
|
||
rtx set, y, incr, inc_val;
|
||
int regno;
|
||
int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Here we detect use of an index register which might be good for
|
||
postincrement, postdecrement, preincrement, or predecrement. */
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
||
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)), addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (addr) != REG)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
regno = REGNO (addr);
|
||
|
||
/* Is the next use an increment that might make auto-increment? */
|
||
incr = pbi->reg_next_use[regno];
|
||
if (incr == 0 || BLOCK_NUM (incr) != BLOCK_NUM (insn))
|
||
return;
|
||
set = single_set (incr);
|
||
if (set == 0 || GET_CODE (set) != SET)
|
||
return;
|
||
y = SET_SRC (set);
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (y) != PLUS)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (REG_P (XEXP (y, 0)) && REGNO (XEXP (y, 0)) == REGNO (addr))
|
||
inc_val = XEXP (y, 1);
|
||
else if (REG_P (XEXP (y, 1)) && REGNO (XEXP (y, 1)) == REGNO (addr))
|
||
inc_val = XEXP (y, 0);
|
||
else
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == CONST_INT)
|
||
{
|
||
if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
|
||
&& (INTVAL (inc_val) == size && offset == 0))
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_POST_INC (Pmode, addr), insn, x,
|
||
incr, addr);
|
||
else if (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
|
||
&& (INTVAL (inc_val) == -size && offset == 0))
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_POST_DEC (Pmode, addr), insn, x,
|
||
incr, addr);
|
||
else if (HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
|
||
&& (INTVAL (inc_val) == size && offset == size))
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_PRE_INC (Pmode, addr), insn, x,
|
||
incr, addr);
|
||
else if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
|
||
&& (INTVAL (inc_val) == -size && offset == -size))
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, addr), insn, x,
|
||
incr, addr);
|
||
else if (HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP && offset == 0)
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_POST_MODIFY (Pmode, addr,
|
||
gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
|
||
addr,
|
||
inc_val)),
|
||
insn, x, incr, addr);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == REG
|
||
&& ! reg_set_between_p (inc_val, PREV_INSN (insn),
|
||
NEXT_INSN (incr)))
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
if (HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG && offset == 0)
|
||
attempt_auto_inc (pbi, gen_rtx_POST_MODIFY (Pmode, addr,
|
||
gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
|
||
addr,
|
||
inc_val)),
|
||
insn, x, incr, addr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif /* AUTO_INC_DEC */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_used_reg (pbi, reg, cond, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx reg;
|
||
rtx cond ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
int regno = REGNO (reg);
|
||
int some_was_live = REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno);
|
||
int some_was_dead = ! some_was_live;
|
||
int some_not_set;
|
||
int n;
|
||
|
||
/* A hard reg in a wide mode may really be multiple registers.
|
||
If so, mark all of them just like the first. */
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
while (--n > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
int needed_regno = REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, regno + n);
|
||
some_was_live |= needed_regno;
|
||
some_was_dead |= ! needed_regno;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (pbi->flags & (PROP_LOG_LINKS | PROP_AUTOINC))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Record where each reg is used, so when the reg is set we know
|
||
the next insn that uses it. */
|
||
pbi->reg_next_use[regno] = insn;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (pbi->flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
{
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this is a register we are going to try to eliminate,
|
||
don't mark it live here. If we are successful in
|
||
eliminating it, it need not be live unless it is used for
|
||
pseudos, in which case it will have been set live when it
|
||
was allocated to the pseudos. If the register will not
|
||
be eliminated, reload will set it live at that point.
|
||
|
||
Otherwise, record that this function uses this register. */
|
||
/* ??? The PPC backend tries to "eliminate" on the pic
|
||
register to itself. This should be fixed. In the mean
|
||
time, hack around it. */
|
||
|
||
if (! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (elim_reg_set, regno)
|
||
&& (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
|| regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)))
|
||
{
|
||
int n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
do
|
||
regs_ever_live[regno + --n] = 1;
|
||
while (n > 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Keep track of which basic block each reg appears in. */
|
||
|
||
register int blocknum = pbi->bb->index;
|
||
if (REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno) == REG_BLOCK_UNKNOWN)
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno) = blocknum;
|
||
else if (REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno) != blocknum)
|
||
REG_BASIC_BLOCK (regno) = REG_BLOCK_GLOBAL;
|
||
|
||
/* Count (weighted) number of uses of each reg. */
|
||
REG_N_REFS (regno) += (optimize_size ? 1
|
||
: pbi->bb->loop_depth + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find out if any of the register was set this insn. */
|
||
some_not_set = ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->new_set, regno);
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
while (--n > 0)
|
||
some_not_set |= ! REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->new_set, regno + n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Record and count the insns in which a reg dies. If it is used in
|
||
this insn and was dead below the insn then it dies in this insn.
|
||
If it was set in this insn, we do not make a REG_DEAD note;
|
||
likewise if we already made such a note. */
|
||
if ((pbi->flags & (PROP_DEATH_NOTES | PROP_REG_INFO))
|
||
&& some_was_dead
|
||
&& some_not_set)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Check for the case where the register dying partially
|
||
overlaps the register set by this insn. */
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
&& HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg)) > 1)
|
||
{
|
||
n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
while (--n >= 0)
|
||
some_was_live |= REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->new_set, regno + n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If none of the words in X is needed, make a REG_DEAD note.
|
||
Otherwise, we must make partial REG_DEAD notes. */
|
||
if (! some_was_live)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((pbi->flags & PROP_DEATH_NOTES)
|
||
&& ! find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, regno))
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
||
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
|
||
if (pbi->flags & PROP_REG_INFO)
|
||
REG_N_DEATHS (regno)++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Don't make a REG_DEAD note for a part of a register
|
||
that is set in the insn. */
|
||
|
||
n = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg)) - 1;
|
||
for (; n >= regno; n--)
|
||
if (! REGNO_REG_SET_P (pbi->reg_live, n)
|
||
&& ! dead_or_set_regno_p (insn, n))
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
||
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD,
|
||
gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[n], n),
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, regno);
|
||
if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
while (--n > 0)
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_live, regno + n);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_conditional_execution
|
||
/* If this is a conditional use, record that fact. If it is later
|
||
conditionally set, we'll know to kill the register. */
|
||
if (cond != NULL_RTX)
|
||
{
|
||
splay_tree_node node;
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli;
|
||
rtx ncond;
|
||
|
||
if (some_was_live)
|
||
{
|
||
node = splay_tree_lookup (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
if (node == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was unconditionally live previously.
|
||
No need to do anything. */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was conditionally live previously.
|
||
Subtract the new life cond from the old death cond. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) node->value;
|
||
ncond = rcli->condition;
|
||
ncond = nand_reg_cond (ncond, cond);
|
||
|
||
/* If the register is now unconditionally live, remove the
|
||
entry in the splay_tree. */
|
||
if (ncond == const0_rtx)
|
||
{
|
||
rcli->condition = NULL_RTX;
|
||
splay_tree_remove (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rcli->condition = ncond;
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was not previously live at all. Record
|
||
the condition under which it is still dead. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (*rcli));
|
||
rcli->condition = not_reg_cond (cond);
|
||
splay_tree_insert (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno,
|
||
(splay_tree_value) rcli);
|
||
|
||
SET_REGNO_REG_SET (pbi->reg_cond_reg, REGNO (XEXP (cond, 0)));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (some_was_live)
|
||
{
|
||
splay_tree_node node;
|
||
struct reg_cond_life_info *rcli;
|
||
|
||
node = splay_tree_lookup (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
if (node != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The register was conditionally live previously, but is now
|
||
unconditionally so. Remove it from the conditionally dead
|
||
list, so that a conditional set won't cause us to think
|
||
it dead. */
|
||
rcli = (struct reg_cond_life_info *) node->value;
|
||
rcli->condition = NULL_RTX;
|
||
splay_tree_remove (pbi->reg_cond_dead, regno);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Scan expression X and store a 1-bit in NEW_LIVE for each reg it uses.
|
||
This is done assuming the registers needed from X are those that
|
||
have 1-bits in PBI->REG_LIVE.
|
||
|
||
INSN is the containing instruction. If INSN is dead, this function
|
||
is not called. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, x, cond, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx x, cond, insn;
|
||
{
|
||
register RTX_CODE code;
|
||
register int regno;
|
||
int flags = pbi->flags;
|
||
|
||
retry:
|
||
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
case LABEL_REF:
|
||
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
||
case CONST_INT:
|
||
case CONST:
|
||
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
||
case PC:
|
||
case ADDR_VEC:
|
||
case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
||
case CC0:
|
||
pbi->cc0_live = 1;
|
||
return;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
case CLOBBER:
|
||
/* If we are clobbering a MEM, mark any registers inside the address
|
||
as being used. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), cond, insn);
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
case MEM:
|
||
/* Don't bother watching stores to mems if this is not the
|
||
final pass. We'll not be deleting dead stores this round. */
|
||
if (optimize && (flags & PROP_SCAN_DEAD_CODE))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Invalidate the data for the last MEM stored, but only if MEM is
|
||
something that can be stored into. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
||
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
|
||
/* Needn't clear the memory set list. */
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rtx temp = pbi->mem_set_list;
|
||
rtx prev = NULL_RTX;
|
||
rtx next;
|
||
|
||
while (temp)
|
||
{
|
||
next = XEXP (temp, 1);
|
||
if (anti_dependence (XEXP (temp, 0), x))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Splice temp out of the list. */
|
||
if (prev)
|
||
XEXP (prev, 1) = next;
|
||
else
|
||
pbi->mem_set_list = next;
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (temp);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
prev = temp;
|
||
temp = next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the memory reference had embedded side effects (autoincrement
|
||
address modes. Then we may need to kill some entries on the
|
||
memory set list. */
|
||
if (insn)
|
||
invalidate_mems_from_autoinc (pbi, insn);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
if (flags & PROP_AUTOINC)
|
||
find_auto_inc (pbi, x, insn);
|
||
#endif
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case SUBREG:
|
||
#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE
|
||
if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
|
||
&& REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
&& CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x),
|
||
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
|
||
REG_CHANGES_MODE (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))) = 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* While we're here, optimize this case. */
|
||
x = SUBREG_REG (x);
|
||
if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
|
||
goto retry;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case REG:
|
||
/* See a register other than being set => mark it as needed. */
|
||
mark_used_reg (pbi, x, cond, insn);
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
case SET:
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx testreg = SET_DEST (x);
|
||
int mark_dest = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* If storing into MEM, don't show it as being used. But do
|
||
show the address as being used. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (testreg) == MEM)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
if (flags & PROP_AUTOINC)
|
||
find_auto_inc (pbi, testreg, insn);
|
||
#endif
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, XEXP (testreg, 0), cond, insn);
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, SET_SRC (x), cond, insn);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Storing in STRICT_LOW_PART is like storing in a reg
|
||
in that this SET might be dead, so ignore it in TESTREG.
|
||
but in some other ways it is like using the reg.
|
||
|
||
Storing in a SUBREG or a bit field is like storing the entire
|
||
register in that if the register's value is not used
|
||
then this SET is not needed. */
|
||
while (GET_CODE (testreg) == STRICT_LOW_PART
|
||
|| GET_CODE (testreg) == ZERO_EXTRACT
|
||
|| GET_CODE (testreg) == SIGN_EXTRACT
|
||
|| GET_CODE (testreg) == SUBREG)
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE
|
||
if (GET_CODE (testreg) == SUBREG
|
||
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (testreg)) == REG
|
||
&& REGNO (SUBREG_REG (testreg)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
||
&& CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (testreg)),
|
||
GET_MODE (testreg)))
|
||
REG_CHANGES_MODE (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (testreg))) = 1;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Modifying a single register in an alternate mode
|
||
does not use any of the old value. But these other
|
||
ways of storing in a register do use the old value. */
|
||
if (GET_CODE (testreg) == SUBREG
|
||
&& !(REG_SIZE (SUBREG_REG (testreg)) > REG_SIZE (testreg)))
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
mark_dest = 1;
|
||
|
||
testreg = XEXP (testreg, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a store into a register, recursively scan the
|
||
value being stored. */
|
||
|
||
if ((GET_CODE (testreg) == PARALLEL
|
||
&& GET_MODE (testreg) == BLKmode)
|
||
|| (GET_CODE (testreg) == REG
|
||
&& (regno = REGNO (testreg),
|
||
! (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed)))
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& ! (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& (! reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed))
|
||
#endif
|
||
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
||
&& ! (regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && fixed_regs[regno])
|
||
#endif
|
||
))
|
||
{
|
||
if (mark_dest)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, SET_DEST (x), cond, insn);
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, SET_SRC (x), cond, insn);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case ASM_OPERANDS:
|
||
case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
|
||
case TRAP_IF:
|
||
case ASM_INPUT:
|
||
{
|
||
/* Traditional and volatile asm instructions must be considered to use
|
||
and clobber all hard registers, all pseudo-registers and all of
|
||
memory. So must TRAP_IF and UNSPEC_VOLATILE operations.
|
||
|
||
Consider for instance a volatile asm that changes the fpu rounding
|
||
mode. An insn should not be moved across this even if it only uses
|
||
pseudo-regs because it might give an incorrectly rounded result.
|
||
|
||
?!? Unfortunately, marking all hard registers as live causes massive
|
||
problems for the register allocator and marking all pseudos as live
|
||
creates mountains of uninitialized variable warnings.
|
||
|
||
So for now, just clear the memory set list and mark any regs
|
||
we can find in ASM_OPERANDS as used. */
|
||
if (code != ASM_OPERANDS || MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_list (&pbi->mem_set_list);
|
||
|
||
/* For all ASM_OPERANDS, we must traverse the vector of input operands.
|
||
We can not just fall through here since then we would be confused
|
||
by the ASM_INPUT rtx inside ASM_OPERANDS, which do not indicate
|
||
traditional asms unlike their normal usage. */
|
||
if (code == ASM_OPERANDS)
|
||
{
|
||
int j;
|
||
|
||
for (j = 0; j < ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x); j++)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, j), cond, insn);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case COND_EXEC:
|
||
if (cond != NULL_RTX)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, COND_EXEC_TEST (x), NULL_RTX, insn);
|
||
|
||
cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (x);
|
||
x = COND_EXEC_CODE (x);
|
||
goto retry;
|
||
|
||
case PHI:
|
||
/* We _do_not_ want to scan operands of phi nodes. Operands of
|
||
a phi function are evaluated only when control reaches this
|
||
block along a particular edge. Therefore, regs that appear
|
||
as arguments to phi should not be added to the global live at
|
||
start. */
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Recursively scan the operands of this expression. */
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
register const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
||
register int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fmt[i] == 'e')
|
||
{
|
||
/* Tail recursive case: save a function call level. */
|
||
if (i == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
||
goto retry;
|
||
}
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, XEXP (x, i), cond, insn);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
|
||
{
|
||
register int j;
|
||
for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
||
mark_used_regs (pbi, XVECEXP (x, i, j), cond, insn);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
try_pre_increment_1 (pbi, insn)
|
||
struct propagate_block_info *pbi;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Find the next use of this reg. If in same basic block,
|
||
make it do pre-increment or pre-decrement if appropriate. */
|
||
rtx x = single_set (insn);
|
||
HOST_WIDE_INT amount = ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == PLUS ? 1 : -1)
|
||
* INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)));
|
||
int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (x));
|
||
rtx y = pbi->reg_next_use[regno];
|
||
if (y != 0
|
||
&& SET_DEST (x) != stack_pointer_rtx
|
||
&& BLOCK_NUM (y) == BLOCK_NUM (insn)
|
||
/* Don't do this if the reg dies, or gets set in y; a standard addressing
|
||
mode would be better. */
|
||
&& ! dead_or_set_p (y, SET_DEST (x))
|
||
&& try_pre_increment (y, SET_DEST (x), amount))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have found a suitable auto-increment
|
||
and already changed insn Y to do it.
|
||
So flush this increment-instruction. */
|
||
PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
|
||
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
|
||
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
|
||
/* Count a reference to this reg for the increment
|
||
insn we are deleting. When a reg is incremented.
|
||
spilling it is worse, so we want to make that
|
||
less likely. */
|
||
if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
{
|
||
REG_N_REFS (regno) += (optimize_size ? 1
|
||
: pbi->bb->loop_depth + 1);
|
||
REG_N_SETS (regno)++;
|
||
}
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Try to change INSN so that it does pre-increment or pre-decrement
|
||
addressing on register REG in order to add AMOUNT to REG.
|
||
AMOUNT is negative for pre-decrement.
|
||
Returns 1 if the change could be made.
|
||
This checks all about the validity of the result of modifying INSN. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
try_pre_increment (insn, reg, amount)
|
||
rtx insn, reg;
|
||
HOST_WIDE_INT amount;
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx use;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if we can try to make a pre-increment or pre-decrement.
|
||
For example, addl $4,r1; movl (r1),... can become movl +(r1),... */
|
||
int pre_ok = 0;
|
||
/* Nonzero if we can try to make a post-increment or post-decrement.
|
||
For example, addl $4,r1; movl -4(r1),... can become movl (r1)+,...
|
||
It is possible for both PRE_OK and POST_OK to be nonzero if the machine
|
||
supports both pre-inc and post-inc, or both pre-dec and post-dec. */
|
||
int post_ok = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if the opportunity actually requires post-inc or post-dec. */
|
||
int do_post = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* From the sign of increment, see which possibilities are conceivable
|
||
on this target machine. */
|
||
if (HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT && amount > 0)
|
||
pre_ok = 1;
|
||
if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && amount > 0)
|
||
post_ok = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && amount < 0)
|
||
pre_ok = 1;
|
||
if (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT && amount < 0)
|
||
post_ok = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (! (pre_ok || post_ok))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* It is not safe to add a side effect to a jump insn
|
||
because if the incremented register is spilled and must be reloaded
|
||
there would be no way to store the incremented value back in memory. */
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
use = 0;
|
||
if (pre_ok)
|
||
use = find_use_as_address (PATTERN (insn), reg, 0);
|
||
if (post_ok && (use == 0 || use == (rtx) 1))
|
||
{
|
||
use = find_use_as_address (PATTERN (insn), reg, -amount);
|
||
do_post = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (use == 0 || use == (rtx) 1)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (use)) != (amount > 0 ? amount : - amount))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* See if this combination of instruction and addressing mode exists. */
|
||
if (! validate_change (insn, &XEXP (use, 0),
|
||
gen_rtx_fmt_e (amount > 0
|
||
? (do_post ? POST_INC : PRE_INC)
|
||
: (do_post ? POST_DEC : PRE_DEC),
|
||
Pmode, reg), 0))
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Record that this insn now has an implicit side effect on X. */
|
||
REG_NOTES (insn) = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_INC, reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#endif /* AUTO_INC_DEC */
|
||
|
||
/* Find the place in the rtx X where REG is used as a memory address.
|
||
Return the MEM rtx that so uses it.
|
||
If PLUSCONST is nonzero, search instead for a memory address equivalent to
|
||
(plus REG (const_int PLUSCONST)).
|
||
|
||
If such an address does not appear, return 0.
|
||
If REG appears more than once, or is used other than in such an address,
|
||
return (rtx)1. */
|
||
|
||
rtx
|
||
find_use_as_address (x, reg, plusconst)
|
||
register rtx x;
|
||
rtx reg;
|
||
HOST_WIDE_INT plusconst;
|
||
{
|
||
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
||
const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
||
register int i;
|
||
register rtx value = 0;
|
||
register rtx tem;
|
||
|
||
if (code == MEM && XEXP (x, 0) == reg && plusconst == 0)
|
||
return x;
|
||
|
||
if (code == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
|
||
&& XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == reg
|
||
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
||
&& INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == plusconst)
|
||
return x;
|
||
|
||
if (code == SIGN_EXTRACT || code == ZERO_EXTRACT)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If REG occurs inside a MEM used in a bit-field reference,
|
||
that is unacceptable. */
|
||
if (find_use_as_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, 0) != 0)
|
||
return (rtx) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (x == reg)
|
||
return (rtx) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1;
|
||
|
||
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fmt[i] == 'e')
|
||
{
|
||
tem = find_use_as_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, plusconst);
|
||
if (value == 0)
|
||
value = tem;
|
||
else if (tem != 0)
|
||
return (rtx) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
|
||
{
|
||
register int j;
|
||
for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
||
{
|
||
tem = find_use_as_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, plusconst);
|
||
if (value == 0)
|
||
value = tem;
|
||
else if (tem != 0)
|
||
return (rtx) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return value;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Write information about registers and basic blocks into FILE.
|
||
This is part of making a debugging dump. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
dump_regset (r, outf)
|
||
regset r;
|
||
FILE *outf;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
if (r == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
fputs (" (nil)", outf);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET (r, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (outf, " %d", i);
|
||
if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
fprintf (outf, " [%s]",
|
||
reg_names[i]);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
debug_regset (r)
|
||
regset r;
|
||
{
|
||
dump_regset (r, stderr);
|
||
putc ('\n', stderr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
dump_flow_info (file)
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
{
|
||
register int i;
|
||
static const char * const reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d registers.\n", max_regno);
|
||
for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
|
||
if (REG_N_REFS (i))
|
||
{
|
||
enum reg_class class, altclass;
|
||
fprintf (file, "\nRegister %d used %d times across %d insns",
|
||
i, REG_N_REFS (i), REG_LIVE_LENGTH (i));
|
||
if (REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i) >= 0)
|
||
fprintf (file, " in block %d", REG_BASIC_BLOCK (i));
|
||
if (REG_N_SETS (i))
|
||
fprintf (file, "; set %d time%s", REG_N_SETS (i),
|
||
(REG_N_SETS (i) == 1) ? "" : "s");
|
||
if (REG_USERVAR_P (regno_reg_rtx[i]))
|
||
fprintf (file, "; user var");
|
||
if (REG_N_DEATHS (i) != 1)
|
||
fprintf (file, "; dies in %d places", REG_N_DEATHS (i));
|
||
if (REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (i) == 1)
|
||
fprintf (file, "; crosses 1 call");
|
||
else if (REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (i))
|
||
fprintf (file, "; crosses %d calls", REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED (i));
|
||
if (PSEUDO_REGNO_BYTES (i) != UNITS_PER_WORD)
|
||
fprintf (file, "; %d bytes", PSEUDO_REGNO_BYTES (i));
|
||
class = reg_preferred_class (i);
|
||
altclass = reg_alternate_class (i);
|
||
if (class != GENERAL_REGS || altclass != ALL_REGS)
|
||
{
|
||
if (altclass == ALL_REGS || class == ALL_REGS)
|
||
fprintf (file, "; pref %s", reg_class_names[(int) class]);
|
||
else if (altclass == NO_REGS)
|
||
fprintf (file, "; %s or none", reg_class_names[(int) class]);
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (file, "; pref %s, else %s",
|
||
reg_class_names[(int) class],
|
||
reg_class_names[(int) altclass]);
|
||
}
|
||
if (REGNO_POINTER_FLAG (i))
|
||
fprintf (file, "; pointer");
|
||
fprintf (file, ".\n");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "\n%d basic blocks, %d edges.\n", n_basic_blocks, n_edges);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
register basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
register edge e;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "\nBasic block %d: first insn %d, last %d, loop_depth %d, count %d.\n",
|
||
i, INSN_UID (bb->head), INSN_UID (bb->end), bb->loop_depth, bb->count);
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "Predecessors: ");
|
||
for (e = bb->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
dump_edge_info (file, e, 0);
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "\nSuccessors: ");
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
dump_edge_info (file, e, 1);
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "\nRegisters live at start:");
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_start, file);
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "\nRegisters live at end:");
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_end, file);
|
||
|
||
putc ('\n', file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
putc ('\n', file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
debug_flow_info ()
|
||
{
|
||
dump_flow_info (stderr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
dump_edge_info (file, e, do_succ)
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int do_succ;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block side = (do_succ ? e->dest : e->src);
|
||
|
||
if (side == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
fputs (" ENTRY", file);
|
||
else if (side == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
fputs (" EXIT", file);
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (file, " %d", side->index);
|
||
|
||
if (e->count)
|
||
fprintf (file, " count:%d", e->count);
|
||
|
||
if (e->flags)
|
||
{
|
||
static const char * const bitnames[] = {
|
||
"fallthru", "crit", "ab", "abcall", "eh", "fake"
|
||
};
|
||
int comma = 0;
|
||
int i, flags = e->flags;
|
||
|
||
fputc (' ', file);
|
||
fputc ('(', file);
|
||
for (i = 0; flags; i++)
|
||
if (flags & (1 << i))
|
||
{
|
||
flags &= ~(1 << i);
|
||
|
||
if (comma)
|
||
fputc (',', file);
|
||
if (i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (bitnames))
|
||
fputs (bitnames[i], file);
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d", i);
|
||
comma = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
fputc (')', file);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Print out one basic block with live information at start and end. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
dump_bb (bb, outf)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
FILE *outf;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
rtx last;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (outf, ";; Basic block %d, loop depth %d, count %d",
|
||
bb->index, bb->loop_depth, bb->count);
|
||
if (bb->eh_beg != -1 || bb->eh_end != -1)
|
||
fprintf (outf, ", eh regions %d/%d", bb->eh_beg, bb->eh_end);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
|
||
fputs (";; Predecessors: ", outf);
|
||
for (e = bb->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
dump_edge_info (outf, e, 0);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
|
||
fputs (";; Registers live at start:", outf);
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_start, outf);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
|
||
for (insn = bb->head, last = NEXT_INSN (bb->end);
|
||
insn != last;
|
||
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
print_rtl_single (outf, insn);
|
||
|
||
fputs (";; Registers live at end:", outf);
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_end, outf);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
|
||
fputs (";; Successors: ", outf);
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
dump_edge_info (outf, e, 1);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
debug_bb (bb)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
dump_bb (bb, stderr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
debug_bb_n (n)
|
||
int n;
|
||
{
|
||
dump_bb (BASIC_BLOCK (n), stderr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like print_rtl, but also print out live information for the start of each
|
||
basic block. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
print_rtl_with_bb (outf, rtx_first)
|
||
FILE *outf;
|
||
rtx rtx_first;
|
||
{
|
||
register rtx tmp_rtx;
|
||
|
||
if (rtx_first == 0)
|
||
fprintf (outf, "(nil)\n");
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
enum bb_state { NOT_IN_BB, IN_ONE_BB, IN_MULTIPLE_BB };
|
||
int max_uid = get_max_uid ();
|
||
basic_block *start = (basic_block *)
|
||
xcalloc (max_uid, sizeof (basic_block));
|
||
basic_block *end = (basic_block *)
|
||
xcalloc (max_uid, sizeof (basic_block));
|
||
enum bb_state *in_bb_p = (enum bb_state *)
|
||
xcalloc (max_uid, sizeof (enum bb_state));
|
||
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
|
||
start[INSN_UID (bb->head)] = bb;
|
||
end[INSN_UID (bb->end)] = bb;
|
||
for (x = bb->head; x != NULL_RTX; x = NEXT_INSN (x))
|
||
{
|
||
enum bb_state state = IN_MULTIPLE_BB;
|
||
if (in_bb_p[INSN_UID (x)] == NOT_IN_BB)
|
||
state = IN_ONE_BB;
|
||
in_bb_p[INSN_UID (x)] = state;
|
||
|
||
if (x == bb->end)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (tmp_rtx = rtx_first; NULL != tmp_rtx; tmp_rtx = NEXT_INSN (tmp_rtx))
|
||
{
|
||
int did_output;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
|
||
if ((bb = start[INSN_UID (tmp_rtx)]) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (outf, ";; Start of basic block %d, registers live:",
|
||
bb->index);
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_start, outf);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (in_bb_p[INSN_UID (tmp_rtx)] == NOT_IN_BB
|
||
&& GET_CODE (tmp_rtx) != NOTE
|
||
&& GET_CODE (tmp_rtx) != BARRIER)
|
||
fprintf (outf, ";; Insn is not within a basic block\n");
|
||
else if (in_bb_p[INSN_UID (tmp_rtx)] == IN_MULTIPLE_BB)
|
||
fprintf (outf, ";; Insn is in multiple basic blocks\n");
|
||
|
||
did_output = print_rtl_single (outf, tmp_rtx);
|
||
|
||
if ((bb = end[INSN_UID (tmp_rtx)]) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (outf, ";; End of basic block %d, registers live:\n",
|
||
bb->index);
|
||
dump_regset (bb->global_live_at_end, outf);
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (did_output)
|
||
putc ('\n', outf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free (start);
|
||
free (end);
|
||
free (in_bb_p);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (current_function_epilogue_delay_list != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (outf, "\n;; Insns in epilogue delay list:\n\n");
|
||
for (tmp_rtx = current_function_epilogue_delay_list; tmp_rtx != 0;
|
||
tmp_rtx = XEXP (tmp_rtx, 1))
|
||
print_rtl_single (outf, XEXP (tmp_rtx, 0));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute dominator relationships using new flow graph structures. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
compute_flow_dominators (dominators, post_dominators)
|
||
sbitmap *dominators;
|
||
sbitmap *post_dominators;
|
||
{
|
||
int bb;
|
||
sbitmap *temp_bitmap;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block *worklist, *workend, *qin, *qout;
|
||
int qlen;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate a worklist array/queue. Entries are only added to the
|
||
list if they were not already on the list. So the size is
|
||
bounded by the number of basic blocks. */
|
||
worklist = (basic_block *) xmalloc (sizeof (basic_block) * n_basic_blocks);
|
||
workend = &worklist[n_basic_blocks];
|
||
|
||
temp_bitmap = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_basic_blocks, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_vector_zero (temp_bitmap, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
if (dominators)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The optimistic setting of dominators requires us to put every
|
||
block on the work list initially. */
|
||
qin = qout = worklist;
|
||
for (bb = 0; bb < n_basic_blocks; bb++)
|
||
{
|
||
*qin++ = BASIC_BLOCK (bb);
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (bb)->aux = BASIC_BLOCK (bb);
|
||
}
|
||
qlen = n_basic_blocks;
|
||
qin = worklist;
|
||
|
||
/* We want a maximal solution, so initially assume everything dominates
|
||
everything else. */
|
||
sbitmap_vector_ones (dominators, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
/* Mark successors of the entry block so we can identify them below. */
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
e->dest->aux = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
|
||
/* Iterate until the worklist is empty. */
|
||
while (qlen)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Take the first entry off the worklist. */
|
||
basic_block b = *qout++;
|
||
if (qout >= workend)
|
||
qout = worklist;
|
||
qlen--;
|
||
|
||
bb = b->index;
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the intersection of the dominators of all the
|
||
predecessor blocks.
|
||
|
||
If one of the predecessor blocks is the ENTRY block, then the
|
||
intersection of the dominators of the predecessor blocks is
|
||
defined as the null set. We can identify such blocks by the
|
||
special value in the AUX field in the block structure. */
|
||
if (b->aux == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do not clear the aux field for blocks which are
|
||
successors of the ENTRY block. That way we never add
|
||
them to the worklist again.
|
||
|
||
The intersect of dominators of the preds of this block is
|
||
defined as the null set. */
|
||
sbitmap_zero (temp_bitmap[bb]);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Clear the aux field of this block so it can be added to
|
||
the worklist again if necessary. */
|
||
b->aux = NULL;
|
||
sbitmap_intersection_of_preds (temp_bitmap[bb], dominators, bb);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure each block always dominates itself. */
|
||
SET_BIT (temp_bitmap[bb], bb);
|
||
|
||
/* If the out state of this block changed, then we need to
|
||
add the successors of this block to the worklist if they
|
||
are not already on the worklist. */
|
||
if (sbitmap_a_and_b (dominators[bb], dominators[bb], temp_bitmap[bb]))
|
||
{
|
||
for (e = b->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!e->dest->aux && e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
*qin++ = e->dest;
|
||
if (qin >= workend)
|
||
qin = worklist;
|
||
qlen++;
|
||
|
||
e->dest->aux = e;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (post_dominators)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The optimistic setting of dominators requires us to put every
|
||
block on the work list initially. */
|
||
qin = qout = worklist;
|
||
for (bb = 0; bb < n_basic_blocks; bb++)
|
||
{
|
||
*qin++ = BASIC_BLOCK (bb);
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (bb)->aux = BASIC_BLOCK (bb);
|
||
}
|
||
qlen = n_basic_blocks;
|
||
qin = worklist;
|
||
|
||
/* We want a maximal solution, so initially assume everything post
|
||
dominates everything else. */
|
||
sbitmap_vector_ones (post_dominators, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
/* Mark predecessors of the exit block so we can identify them below. */
|
||
for (e = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
e->src->aux = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
|
||
/* Iterate until the worklist is empty. */
|
||
while (qlen)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Take the first entry off the worklist. */
|
||
basic_block b = *qout++;
|
||
if (qout >= workend)
|
||
qout = worklist;
|
||
qlen--;
|
||
|
||
bb = b->index;
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the intersection of the post dominators of all the
|
||
successor blocks.
|
||
|
||
If one of the successor blocks is the EXIT block, then the
|
||
intersection of the dominators of the successor blocks is
|
||
defined as the null set. We can identify such blocks by the
|
||
special value in the AUX field in the block structure. */
|
||
if (b->aux == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do not clear the aux field for blocks which are
|
||
predecessors of the EXIT block. That way we we never
|
||
add them to the worklist again.
|
||
|
||
The intersect of dominators of the succs of this block is
|
||
defined as the null set. */
|
||
sbitmap_zero (temp_bitmap[bb]);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Clear the aux field of this block so it can be added to
|
||
the worklist again if necessary. */
|
||
b->aux = NULL;
|
||
sbitmap_intersection_of_succs (temp_bitmap[bb],
|
||
post_dominators, bb);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure each block always post dominates itself. */
|
||
SET_BIT (temp_bitmap[bb], bb);
|
||
|
||
/* If the out state of this block changed, then we need to
|
||
add the successors of this block to the worklist if they
|
||
are not already on the worklist. */
|
||
if (sbitmap_a_and_b (post_dominators[bb],
|
||
post_dominators[bb],
|
||
temp_bitmap[bb]))
|
||
{
|
||
for (e = b->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!e->src->aux && e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
*qin++ = e->src;
|
||
if (qin >= workend)
|
||
qin = worklist;
|
||
qlen++;
|
||
|
||
e->src->aux = e;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free (worklist);
|
||
free (temp_bitmap);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given DOMINATORS, compute the immediate dominators into IDOM. If a
|
||
block dominates only itself, its entry remains as INVALID_BLOCK. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
compute_immediate_dominators (idom, dominators)
|
||
int *idom;
|
||
sbitmap *dominators;
|
||
{
|
||
sbitmap *tmp;
|
||
int b;
|
||
|
||
tmp = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_basic_blocks, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
/* Begin with tmp(n) = dom(n) - { n }. */
|
||
for (b = n_basic_blocks; --b >= 0;)
|
||
{
|
||
sbitmap_copy (tmp[b], dominators[b]);
|
||
RESET_BIT (tmp[b], b);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Subtract out all of our dominator's dominators. */
|
||
for (b = n_basic_blocks; --b >= 0;)
|
||
{
|
||
sbitmap tmp_b = tmp[b];
|
||
int s;
|
||
|
||
for (s = n_basic_blocks; --s >= 0;)
|
||
if (TEST_BIT (tmp_b, s))
|
||
sbitmap_difference (tmp_b, tmp_b, tmp[s]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find the one bit set in the bitmap and put it in the output array. */
|
||
for (b = n_basic_blocks; --b >= 0;)
|
||
{
|
||
int t;
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (tmp[b], 0, t, { idom[b] = t; });
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
sbitmap_vector_free (tmp);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given POSTDOMINATORS, compute the immediate postdominators into
|
||
IDOM. If a block is only dominated by itself, its entry remains as
|
||
INVALID_BLOCK. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
compute_immediate_postdominators (idom, postdominators)
|
||
int *idom;
|
||
sbitmap *postdominators;
|
||
{
|
||
compute_immediate_dominators (idom, postdominators);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Recompute register set/reference counts immediately prior to register
|
||
allocation.
|
||
|
||
This avoids problems with set/reference counts changing to/from values
|
||
which have special meanings to the register allocators.
|
||
|
||
Additionally, the reference counts are the primary component used by the
|
||
register allocators to prioritize pseudos for allocation to hard regs.
|
||
More accurate reference counts generally lead to better register allocation.
|
||
|
||
F is the first insn to be scanned.
|
||
|
||
LOOP_STEP denotes how much loop_depth should be incremented per
|
||
loop nesting level in order to increase the ref count more for
|
||
references in a loop.
|
||
|
||
It might be worthwhile to update REG_LIVE_LENGTH, REG_BASIC_BLOCK and
|
||
possibly other information which is used by the register allocators. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
recompute_reg_usage (f, loop_step)
|
||
rtx f ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
int loop_step ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
||
{
|
||
allocate_reg_life_data ();
|
||
update_life_info (NULL, UPDATE_LIFE_LOCAL, PROP_REG_INFO);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Optionally removes all the REG_DEAD and REG_UNUSED notes from a set of
|
||
blocks. If BLOCKS is NULL, assume the universal set. Returns a count
|
||
of the number of registers that died. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
count_or_remove_death_notes (blocks, kill)
|
||
sbitmap blocks;
|
||
int kill;
|
||
{
|
||
int i, count = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
|
||
if (blocks && ! TEST_BIT (blocks, i))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
|
||
for (insn = bb->head;; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
if (INSN_P (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
rtx *pprev = ®_NOTES (insn);
|
||
rtx link = *pprev;
|
||
|
||
while (link)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
|
||
{
|
||
case REG_DEAD:
|
||
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx reg = XEXP (link, 0);
|
||
int n;
|
||
|
||
if (REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
n = 1;
|
||
else
|
||
n = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (reg), GET_MODE (reg));
|
||
count += n;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case REG_UNUSED:
|
||
if (kill)
|
||
{
|
||
rtx next = XEXP (link, 1);
|
||
free_EXPR_LIST_node (link);
|
||
*pprev = link = next;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
pprev = &XEXP (link, 1);
|
||
link = *pprev;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (insn == bb->end)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Update insns block within BB. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
update_bb_for_insn (bb)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
|
||
if (! basic_block_for_insn)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (insn = bb->head; ; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
||
{
|
||
set_block_for_insn (insn, bb);
|
||
|
||
if (insn == bb->end)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Record INSN's block as BB. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
set_block_for_insn (insn, bb)
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
size_t uid = INSN_UID (insn);
|
||
if (uid >= basic_block_for_insn->num_elements)
|
||
{
|
||
int new_size;
|
||
|
||
/* Add one-eighth the size so we don't keep calling xrealloc. */
|
||
new_size = uid + (uid + 7) / 8;
|
||
|
||
VARRAY_GROW (basic_block_for_insn, new_size);
|
||
}
|
||
VARRAY_BB (basic_block_for_insn, uid) = bb;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Record INSN's block number as BB. */
|
||
/* ??? This has got to go. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
set_block_num (insn, bb)
|
||
rtx insn;
|
||
int bb;
|
||
{
|
||
set_block_for_insn (insn, BASIC_BLOCK (bb));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Verify the CFG consistency. This function check some CFG invariants and
|
||
aborts when something is wrong. Hope that this function will help to
|
||
convert many optimization passes to preserve CFG consistent.
|
||
|
||
Currently it does following checks:
|
||
|
||
- test head/end pointers
|
||
- overlapping of basic blocks
|
||
- edge list corectness
|
||
- headers of basic blocks (the NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK note)
|
||
- tails of basic blocks (ensure that boundary is necesary)
|
||
- scans body of the basic block for JUMP_INSN, CODE_LABEL
|
||
and NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
|
||
- check that all insns are in the basic blocks
|
||
(except the switch handling code, barriers and notes)
|
||
- check that all returns are followed by barriers
|
||
|
||
In future it can be extended check a lot of other stuff as well
|
||
(reachability of basic blocks, life information, etc. etc.). */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
verify_flow_info ()
|
||
{
|
||
const int max_uid = get_max_uid ();
|
||
const rtx rtx_first = get_insns ();
|
||
rtx last_head = get_last_insn ();
|
||
basic_block *bb_info;
|
||
rtx x;
|
||
int i, last_bb_num_seen, num_bb_notes, err = 0;
|
||
|
||
bb_info = (basic_block *) xcalloc (max_uid, sizeof (basic_block));
|
||
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
rtx head = bb->head;
|
||
rtx end = bb->end;
|
||
|
||
/* Verify the end of the basic block is in the INSN chain. */
|
||
for (x = last_head; x != NULL_RTX; x = PREV_INSN (x))
|
||
if (x == end)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (!x)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("End insn %d for block %d not found in the insn stream.",
|
||
INSN_UID (end), bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Work backwards from the end to the head of the basic block
|
||
to verify the head is in the RTL chain. */
|
||
for (; x != NULL_RTX; x = PREV_INSN (x))
|
||
{
|
||
/* While walking over the insn chain, verify insns appear
|
||
in only one basic block and initialize the BB_INFO array
|
||
used by other passes. */
|
||
if (bb_info[INSN_UID (x)] != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("Insn %d is in multiple basic blocks (%d and %d)",
|
||
INSN_UID (x), bb->index, bb_info[INSN_UID (x)]->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
bb_info[INSN_UID (x)] = bb;
|
||
|
||
if (x == head)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!x)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("Head insn %d for block %d not found in the insn stream.",
|
||
INSN_UID (head), bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
last_head = x;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Now check the basic blocks (boundaries etc.) */
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i);
|
||
/* Check corectness of edge lists */
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
e = bb->succ;
|
||
while (e)
|
||
{
|
||
if (e->src != bb)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||
"verify_flow_info: Basic block %d succ edge is corrupted\n",
|
||
bb->index);
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "Predecessor: ");
|
||
dump_edge_info (stderr, e, 0);
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "\nSuccessor: ");
|
||
dump_edge_info (stderr, e, 1);
|
||
fflush (stderr);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (e->dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e2 = e->dest->pred;
|
||
while (e2 && e2 != e)
|
||
e2 = e2->pred_next;
|
||
if (!e2)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("Basic block %i edge lists are corrupted", bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
e = e->succ_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
e = bb->pred;
|
||
while (e)
|
||
{
|
||
if (e->dest != bb)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("Basic block %d pred edge is corrupted", bb->index);
|
||
fputs ("Predecessor: ", stderr);
|
||
dump_edge_info (stderr, e, 0);
|
||
fputs ("\nSuccessor: ", stderr);
|
||
dump_edge_info (stderr, e, 1);
|
||
fputc ('\n', stderr);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (e->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e2 = e->src->succ;
|
||
while (e2 && e2 != e)
|
||
e2 = e2->succ_next;
|
||
if (!e2)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("Basic block %i edge lists are corrupted", bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
e = e->pred_next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* OK pointers are correct. Now check the header of basic
|
||
block. It ought to contain optional CODE_LABEL followed
|
||
by NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK. */
|
||
x = bb->head;
|
||
if (GET_CODE (x) == CODE_LABEL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bb->end == x)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK is missing for block %d",
|
||
bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
x = NEXT_INSN (x);
|
||
}
|
||
if (!NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (x) || NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (x) != bb)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK is missing for block %d\n",
|
||
bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bb->end == x)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do checks for empty blocks here */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
x = NEXT_INSN (x);
|
||
while (x)
|
||
{
|
||
if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (x))
|
||
{
|
||
error ("NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK %d in the middle of basic block %d",
|
||
INSN_UID (x), bb->index);
|
||
err = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (x == bb->end)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (GET_CODE (x) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
|| GET_CODE (x) == CODE_LABEL
|
||
|| GET_CODE (x) == BARRIER)
|
||
{
|
||
error ("In basic block %d:", bb->index);
|
||
fatal_insn ("Flow control insn inside a basic block", x);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
x = NEXT_INSN (x);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
last_bb_num_seen = -1;
|
||
num_bb_notes = 0;
|
||
x = rtx_first;
|
||
while (x)
|
||
{
|
||
if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (x))
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = NOTE_BASIC_BLOCK (x);
|
||
num_bb_notes++;
|
||
if (bb->index != last_bb_num_seen + 1)
|
||
fatal ("Basic blocks not numbered consecutively");
|
||
last_bb_num_seen = bb->index;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!bb_info[INSN_UID (x)])
|
||
{
|
||
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
||
{
|
||
case BARRIER:
|
||
case NOTE:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case CODE_LABEL:
|
||
/* An addr_vec is placed outside any block block. */
|
||
if (NEXT_INSN (x)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (x)) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& (GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (x))) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
|
||
|| GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (x))) == ADDR_VEC))
|
||
{
|
||
x = NEXT_INSN (x);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* But in any case, non-deletable labels can appear anywhere. */
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
fatal_insn ("Insn outside basic block", x);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (INSN_P (x)
|
||
&& GET_CODE (x) == JUMP_INSN
|
||
&& returnjump_p (x) && ! condjump_p (x)
|
||
&& ! (NEXT_INSN (x) && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (x)) == BARRIER))
|
||
fatal_insn ("Return not followed by barrier", x);
|
||
|
||
x = NEXT_INSN (x);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (num_bb_notes != n_basic_blocks)
|
||
fatal ("number of bb notes in insn chain (%d) != n_basic_blocks (%d)",
|
||
num_bb_notes, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
if (err)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Clean up. */
|
||
free (bb_info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Functions to access an edge list with a vector representation.
|
||
Enough data is kept such that given an index number, the
|
||
pred and succ that edge represents can be determined, or
|
||
given a pred and a succ, its index number can be returned.
|
||
This allows algorithms which consume a lot of memory to
|
||
represent the normally full matrix of edge (pred,succ) with a
|
||
single indexed vector, edge (EDGE_INDEX (pred, succ)), with no
|
||
wasted space in the client code due to sparse flow graphs. */
|
||
|
||
/* This functions initializes the edge list. Basically the entire
|
||
flowgraph is processed, and all edges are assigned a number,
|
||
and the data structure is filled in. */
|
||
|
||
struct edge_list *
|
||
create_edge_list ()
|
||
{
|
||
struct edge_list *elist;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int num_edges;
|
||
int x;
|
||
int block_count;
|
||
|
||
block_count = n_basic_blocks + 2; /* Include the entry and exit blocks. */
|
||
|
||
num_edges = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Determine the number of edges in the flow graph by counting successor
|
||
edges on each basic block. */
|
||
for (x = 0; x < n_basic_blocks; x++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (x);
|
||
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
num_edges++;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Don't forget successors of the entry block. */
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
num_edges++;
|
||
|
||
elist = (struct edge_list *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct edge_list));
|
||
elist->num_blocks = block_count;
|
||
elist->num_edges = num_edges;
|
||
elist->index_to_edge = (edge *) xmalloc (sizeof (edge) * num_edges);
|
||
|
||
num_edges = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Follow successors of the entry block, and register these edges. */
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
elist->index_to_edge[num_edges] = e;
|
||
num_edges++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (x = 0; x < n_basic_blocks; x++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (x);
|
||
|
||
/* Follow all successors of blocks, and register these edges. */
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
elist->index_to_edge[num_edges] = e;
|
||
num_edges++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return elist;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function free's memory associated with an edge list. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
free_edge_list (elist)
|
||
struct edge_list *elist;
|
||
{
|
||
if (elist)
|
||
{
|
||
free (elist->index_to_edge);
|
||
free (elist);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function provides debug output showing an edge list. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
print_edge_list (f, elist)
|
||
FILE *f;
|
||
struct edge_list *elist;
|
||
{
|
||
int x;
|
||
fprintf (f, "Compressed edge list, %d BBs + entry & exit, and %d edges\n",
|
||
elist->num_blocks - 2, elist->num_edges);
|
||
|
||
for (x = 0; x < elist->num_edges; x++)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (f, " %-4d - edge(", x);
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, x) == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
fprintf (f, "entry,");
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (f, "%d,", INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, x)->index);
|
||
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, x) == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
fprintf (f, "exit)\n");
|
||
else
|
||
fprintf (f, "%d)\n", INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, x)->index);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function provides an internal consistency check of an edge list,
|
||
verifying that all edges are present, and that there are no
|
||
extra edges. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
verify_edge_list (f, elist)
|
||
FILE *f;
|
||
struct edge_list *elist;
|
||
{
|
||
int x, pred, succ, index;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
for (x = 0; x < n_basic_blocks; x++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (x);
|
||
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
pred = e->src->index;
|
||
succ = e->dest->index;
|
||
index = EDGE_INDEX (elist, e->src, e->dest);
|
||
if (index == EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* No index for edge from %d to %d\n", pred, succ);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, index)->index != pred)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* Pred for index %d should be %d not %d\n",
|
||
index, pred, INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, index)->index);
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, index)->index != succ)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* Succ for index %d should be %d not %d\n",
|
||
index, succ, INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, index)->index);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
for (e = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
pred = e->src->index;
|
||
succ = e->dest->index;
|
||
index = EDGE_INDEX (elist, e->src, e->dest);
|
||
if (index == EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE)
|
||
{
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* No index for edge from %d to %d\n", pred, succ);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, index)->index != pred)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* Pred for index %d should be %d not %d\n",
|
||
index, pred, INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (elist, index)->index);
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, index)->index != succ)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*p* Succ for index %d should be %d not %d\n",
|
||
index, succ, INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (elist, index)->index);
|
||
}
|
||
/* We've verified that all the edges are in the list, no lets make sure
|
||
there are no spurious edges in the list. */
|
||
|
||
for (pred = 0; pred < n_basic_blocks; pred++)
|
||
for (succ = 0; succ < n_basic_blocks; succ++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block p = BASIC_BLOCK (pred);
|
||
basic_block s = BASIC_BLOCK (succ);
|
||
|
||
int found_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (e = p->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
if (e->dest == s)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
for (e = s->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
if (e->src == p)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred), BASIC_BLOCK (succ))
|
||
== EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge != 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (%d, %d) appears to not have an index\n",
|
||
pred, succ);
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred), BASIC_BLOCK (succ))
|
||
!= EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge == 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (%d, %d) has index %d, but there is no edge\n",
|
||
pred, succ, EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred),
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (succ)));
|
||
}
|
||
for (succ = 0; succ < n_basic_blocks; succ++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block p = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
basic_block s = BASIC_BLOCK (succ);
|
||
|
||
int found_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (e = p->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
if (e->dest == s)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
for (e = s->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
if (e->src == p)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, BASIC_BLOCK (succ))
|
||
== EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge != 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (entry, %d) appears to not have an index\n",
|
||
succ);
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR, BASIC_BLOCK (succ))
|
||
!= EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge == 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (entry, %d) has index %d, but no edge exists\n",
|
||
succ, EDGE_INDEX (elist, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR,
|
||
BASIC_BLOCK (succ)));
|
||
}
|
||
for (pred = 0; pred < n_basic_blocks; pred++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block p = BASIC_BLOCK (pred);
|
||
basic_block s = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR;
|
||
|
||
int found_edge = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (e = p->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
if (e->dest == s)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
for (e = s->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
if (e->src == p)
|
||
{
|
||
found_edge = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred), EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
== EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge != 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (%d, exit) appears to not have an index\n",
|
||
pred);
|
||
if (EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred), EXIT_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
!= EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE && found_edge == 0)
|
||
fprintf (f, "*** Edge (%d, exit) has index %d, but no edge exists\n",
|
||
pred, EDGE_INDEX (elist, BASIC_BLOCK (pred),
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This routine will determine what, if any, edge there is between
|
||
a specified predecessor and successor. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
find_edge_index (edge_list, pred, succ)
|
||
struct edge_list *edge_list;
|
||
basic_block pred, succ;
|
||
{
|
||
int x;
|
||
for (x = 0; x < NUM_EDGES (edge_list); x++)
|
||
{
|
||
if (INDEX_EDGE_PRED_BB (edge_list, x) == pred
|
||
&& INDEX_EDGE_SUCC_BB (edge_list, x) == succ)
|
||
return x;
|
||
}
|
||
return (EDGE_INDEX_NO_EDGE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function will remove an edge from the flow graph. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
remove_edge (e)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
{
|
||
edge last_pred = NULL;
|
||
edge last_succ = NULL;
|
||
edge tmp;
|
||
basic_block src, dest;
|
||
src = e->src;
|
||
dest = e->dest;
|
||
for (tmp = src->succ; tmp && tmp != e; tmp = tmp->succ_next)
|
||
last_succ = tmp;
|
||
|
||
if (!tmp)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
if (last_succ)
|
||
last_succ->succ_next = e->succ_next;
|
||
else
|
||
src->succ = e->succ_next;
|
||
|
||
for (tmp = dest->pred; tmp && tmp != e; tmp = tmp->pred_next)
|
||
last_pred = tmp;
|
||
|
||
if (!tmp)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
if (last_pred)
|
||
last_pred->pred_next = e->pred_next;
|
||
else
|
||
dest->pred = e->pred_next;
|
||
|
||
n_edges--;
|
||
free (e);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This routine will remove any fake successor edges for a basic block.
|
||
When the edge is removed, it is also removed from whatever predecessor
|
||
list it is in. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
remove_fake_successors (bb)
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
for (e = bb->succ; e;)
|
||
{
|
||
edge tmp = e;
|
||
e = e->succ_next;
|
||
if ((tmp->flags & EDGE_FAKE) == EDGE_FAKE)
|
||
remove_edge (tmp);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This routine will remove all fake edges from the flow graph. If
|
||
we remove all fake successors, it will automatically remove all
|
||
fake predecessors. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
remove_fake_edges ()
|
||
{
|
||
int x;
|
||
|
||
for (x = 0; x < n_basic_blocks; x++)
|
||
remove_fake_successors (BASIC_BLOCK (x));
|
||
|
||
/* We've handled all successors except the entry block's. */
|
||
remove_fake_successors (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function will add a fake edge between any block which has no
|
||
successors, and the exit block. Some data flow equations require these
|
||
edges to exist. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
add_noreturn_fake_exit_edges ()
|
||
{
|
||
int x;
|
||
|
||
for (x = 0; x < n_basic_blocks; x++)
|
||
if (BASIC_BLOCK (x)->succ == NULL)
|
||
make_edge (NULL, BASIC_BLOCK (x), EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FAKE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This function adds a fake edge between any infinite loops to the
|
||
exit block. Some optimizations require a path from each node to
|
||
the exit node.
|
||
|
||
See also Morgan, Figure 3.10, pp. 82-83.
|
||
|
||
The current implementation is ugly, not attempting to minimize the
|
||
number of inserted fake edges. To reduce the number of fake edges
|
||
to insert, add fake edges from _innermost_ loops containing only
|
||
nodes not reachable from the exit block. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
connect_infinite_loops_to_exit ()
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block unvisited_block;
|
||
|
||
/* Perform depth-first search in the reverse graph to find nodes
|
||
reachable from the exit block. */
|
||
struct depth_first_search_dsS dfs_ds;
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_init (&dfs_ds);
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb (&dfs_ds, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
|
||
|
||
/* Repeatedly add fake edges, updating the unreachable nodes. */
|
||
while (1)
|
||
{
|
||
unvisited_block = flow_dfs_compute_reverse_execute (&dfs_ds);
|
||
if (!unvisited_block)
|
||
break;
|
||
make_edge (NULL, unvisited_block, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR, EDGE_FAKE);
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb (&dfs_ds, unvisited_block);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_finish (&dfs_ds);
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Redirect an edge's successor from one block to another. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
redirect_edge_succ (e, new_succ)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block new_succ;
|
||
{
|
||
edge *pe;
|
||
|
||
/* Disconnect the edge from the old successor block. */
|
||
for (pe = &e->dest->pred; *pe != e; pe = &(*pe)->pred_next)
|
||
continue;
|
||
*pe = (*pe)->pred_next;
|
||
|
||
/* Reconnect the edge to the new successor block. */
|
||
e->pred_next = new_succ->pred;
|
||
new_succ->pred = e;
|
||
e->dest = new_succ;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Redirect an edge's predecessor from one block to another. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
redirect_edge_pred (e, new_pred)
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block new_pred;
|
||
{
|
||
edge *pe;
|
||
|
||
/* Disconnect the edge from the old predecessor block. */
|
||
for (pe = &e->src->succ; *pe != e; pe = &(*pe)->succ_next)
|
||
continue;
|
||
*pe = (*pe)->succ_next;
|
||
|
||
/* Reconnect the edge to the new predecessor block. */
|
||
e->succ_next = new_pred->succ;
|
||
new_pred->succ = e;
|
||
e->src = new_pred;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the list of basic blocks in the bitmap NODES. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_nodes_print (str, nodes, file)
|
||
const char *str;
|
||
const sbitmap nodes;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
{
|
||
int node;
|
||
|
||
if (! nodes)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "%s { ", str);
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (nodes, 0, node, {fprintf (file, "%d ", node);});
|
||
fputs ("}\n", file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the list of edges in the array EDGE_LIST. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_edge_list_print (str, edge_list, num_edges, file)
|
||
const char *str;
|
||
const edge *edge_list;
|
||
int num_edges;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (! edge_list)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, "%s { ", str);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_edges; i++)
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d->%d ", edge_list[i]->src->index,
|
||
edge_list[i]->dest->index);
|
||
fputs ("}\n", file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Dump loop related CFG information. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_loops_cfg_dump (loops, file)
|
||
const struct loops *loops;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (! loops->num || ! file || ! loops->cfg.dom)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
edge succ;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; %d succs { ", i);
|
||
for (succ = BASIC_BLOCK (i)->succ; succ; succ = succ->succ_next)
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d ", succ->dest->index);
|
||
flow_nodes_print ("} dom", loops->cfg.dom[i], file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the DFS node order. */
|
||
if (loops->cfg.dfs_order)
|
||
{
|
||
fputs (";; DFS order: ", file);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d ", loops->cfg.dfs_order[i]);
|
||
fputs ("\n", file);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Dump the reverse completion node order. */
|
||
if (loops->cfg.rc_order)
|
||
{
|
||
fputs (";; RC order: ", file);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
|
||
fprintf (file, "%d ", loops->cfg.rc_order[i]);
|
||
fputs ("\n", file);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return non-zero if the nodes of LOOP are a subset of OUTER. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loop_nested_p (outer, loop)
|
||
struct loop *outer;
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
{
|
||
return sbitmap_a_subset_b_p (loop->nodes, outer->nodes);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the loop information specified by LOOP to the stream FILE
|
||
using auxiliary dump callback function LOOP_DUMP_AUX if non null. */
|
||
void
|
||
flow_loop_dump (loop, file, loop_dump_aux, verbose)
|
||
const struct loop *loop;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
void (*loop_dump_aux) PARAMS((const struct loop *, FILE *, int));
|
||
int verbose;
|
||
{
|
||
if (! loop || ! loop->header)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, ";;\n;; Loop %d (%d to %d):%s%s\n",
|
||
loop->num, INSN_UID (loop->first->head),
|
||
INSN_UID (loop->last->end),
|
||
loop->shared ? " shared" : "",
|
||
loop->invalid ? " invalid" : "");
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; header %d, latch %d, pre-header %d, first %d, last %d\n",
|
||
loop->header->index, loop->latch->index,
|
||
loop->pre_header ? loop->pre_header->index : -1,
|
||
loop->first->index, loop->last->index);
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; depth %d, level %d, outer %ld\n",
|
||
loop->depth, loop->level,
|
||
(long) (loop->outer ? loop->outer->num : -1));
|
||
|
||
if (loop->pre_header_root)
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; pre-header root %d\n",
|
||
loop->pre_header_root->index);
|
||
if (loop->pre_header_trace)
|
||
flow_nodes_print (";; pre-header trace", loop->pre_header_trace,
|
||
file);
|
||
flow_edge_list_print (";; entry edges", loop->entry_edges,
|
||
loop->num_entries, file);
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; %d", loop->num_nodes);
|
||
flow_nodes_print (" nodes", loop->nodes, file);
|
||
flow_edge_list_print (";; exit edges", loop->exit_edges,
|
||
loop->num_exits, file);
|
||
if (loop->exits_doms)
|
||
flow_nodes_print (";; exit doms", loop->exits_doms, file);
|
||
if (loop_dump_aux)
|
||
loop_dump_aux (loop, file, verbose);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Dump the loop information specified by LOOPS to the stream FILE,
|
||
using auxiliary dump callback function LOOP_DUMP_AUX if non null. */
|
||
void
|
||
flow_loops_dump (loops, file, loop_dump_aux, verbose)
|
||
const struct loops *loops;
|
||
FILE *file;
|
||
void (*loop_dump_aux) PARAMS((const struct loop *, FILE *, int));
|
||
int verbose;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
int num_loops;
|
||
|
||
num_loops = loops->num;
|
||
if (! num_loops || ! file)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
fprintf (file, ";; %d loops found, %d levels\n",
|
||
num_loops, loops->levels);
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_loops; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *loop = &loops->array[i];
|
||
|
||
flow_loop_dump (loop, file, loop_dump_aux, verbose);
|
||
|
||
if (loop->shared)
|
||
{
|
||
int j;
|
||
|
||
for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *oloop = &loops->array[j];
|
||
|
||
if (loop->header == oloop->header)
|
||
{
|
||
int disjoint;
|
||
int smaller;
|
||
|
||
smaller = loop->num_nodes < oloop->num_nodes;
|
||
|
||
/* If the union of LOOP and OLOOP is different than
|
||
the larger of LOOP and OLOOP then LOOP and OLOOP
|
||
must be disjoint. */
|
||
disjoint = ! flow_loop_nested_p (smaller ? loop : oloop,
|
||
smaller ? oloop : loop);
|
||
fprintf (file,
|
||
";; loop header %d shared by loops %d, %d %s\n",
|
||
loop->header->index, i, j,
|
||
disjoint ? "disjoint" : "nested");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (verbose)
|
||
flow_loops_cfg_dump (loops, file);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Free all the memory allocated for LOOPS. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
flow_loops_free (loops)
|
||
struct loops *loops;
|
||
{
|
||
if (loops->array)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (! loops->num)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* Free the loop descriptors. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < loops->num; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *loop = &loops->array[i];
|
||
|
||
if (loop->pre_header_trace)
|
||
sbitmap_free (loop->pre_header_trace);
|
||
if (loop->nodes)
|
||
sbitmap_free (loop->nodes);
|
||
if (loop->entry_edges)
|
||
free (loop->entry_edges);
|
||
if (loop->exit_edges)
|
||
free (loop->exit_edges);
|
||
if (loop->exits_doms)
|
||
sbitmap_free (loop->exits_doms);
|
||
}
|
||
free (loops->array);
|
||
loops->array = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (loops->cfg.dom)
|
||
sbitmap_vector_free (loops->cfg.dom);
|
||
if (loops->cfg.dfs_order)
|
||
free (loops->cfg.dfs_order);
|
||
|
||
if (loops->shared_headers)
|
||
sbitmap_free (loops->shared_headers);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Find the entry edges into the loop with header HEADER and nodes
|
||
NODES and store in ENTRY_EDGES array. Return the number of entry
|
||
edges from the loop. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loop_entry_edges_find (header, nodes, entry_edges)
|
||
basic_block header;
|
||
const sbitmap nodes;
|
||
edge **entry_edges;
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int num_entries;
|
||
|
||
*entry_edges = NULL;
|
||
|
||
num_entries = 0;
|
||
for (e = header->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block src = e->src;
|
||
|
||
if (src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR || ! TEST_BIT (nodes, src->index))
|
||
num_entries++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (! num_entries)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
*entry_edges = (edge *) xmalloc (num_entries * sizeof (edge *));
|
||
|
||
num_entries = 0;
|
||
for (e = header->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block src = e->src;
|
||
|
||
if (src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR || ! TEST_BIT (nodes, src->index))
|
||
(*entry_edges)[num_entries++] = e;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return num_entries;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Find the exit edges from the loop using the bitmap of loop nodes
|
||
NODES and store in EXIT_EDGES array. Return the number of
|
||
exit edges from the loop. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loop_exit_edges_find (nodes, exit_edges)
|
||
const sbitmap nodes;
|
||
edge **exit_edges;
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int node;
|
||
int num_exits;
|
||
|
||
*exit_edges = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Check all nodes within the loop to see if there are any
|
||
successors not in the loop. Note that a node may have multiple
|
||
exiting edges ????? A node can have one jumping edge and one fallthru
|
||
edge so only one of these can exit the loop. */
|
||
num_exits = 0;
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (nodes, 0, node, {
|
||
for (e = BASIC_BLOCK (node)->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block dest = e->dest;
|
||
|
||
if (dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR || ! TEST_BIT (nodes, dest->index))
|
||
num_exits++;
|
||
}
|
||
});
|
||
|
||
if (! num_exits)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
*exit_edges = (edge *) xmalloc (num_exits * sizeof (edge *));
|
||
|
||
/* Store all exiting edges into an array. */
|
||
num_exits = 0;
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_SBITMAP (nodes, 0, node, {
|
||
for (e = BASIC_BLOCK (node)->succ; e; e = e->succ_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block dest = e->dest;
|
||
|
||
if (dest == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR || ! TEST_BIT (nodes, dest->index))
|
||
(*exit_edges)[num_exits++] = e;
|
||
}
|
||
});
|
||
|
||
return num_exits;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Find the nodes contained within the loop with header HEADER and
|
||
latch LATCH and store in NODES. Return the number of nodes within
|
||
the loop. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loop_nodes_find (header, latch, nodes)
|
||
basic_block header;
|
||
basic_block latch;
|
||
sbitmap nodes;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block *stack;
|
||
int sp;
|
||
int num_nodes = 0;
|
||
|
||
stack = (basic_block *) xmalloc (n_basic_blocks * sizeof (basic_block));
|
||
sp = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Start with only the loop header in the set of loop nodes. */
|
||
sbitmap_zero (nodes);
|
||
SET_BIT (nodes, header->index);
|
||
num_nodes++;
|
||
header->loop_depth++;
|
||
|
||
/* Push the loop latch on to the stack. */
|
||
if (! TEST_BIT (nodes, latch->index))
|
||
{
|
||
SET_BIT (nodes, latch->index);
|
||
latch->loop_depth++;
|
||
num_nodes++;
|
||
stack[sp++] = latch;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (sp)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block node;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
node = stack[--sp];
|
||
for (e = node->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block ancestor = e->src;
|
||
|
||
/* If each ancestor not marked as part of loop, add to set of
|
||
loop nodes and push on to stack. */
|
||
if (ancestor != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& ! TEST_BIT (nodes, ancestor->index))
|
||
{
|
||
SET_BIT (nodes, ancestor->index);
|
||
ancestor->loop_depth++;
|
||
num_nodes++;
|
||
stack[sp++] = ancestor;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
free (stack);
|
||
return num_nodes;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the depth first search order and store in the array
|
||
DFS_ORDER if non-zero, marking the nodes visited in VISITED. If
|
||
RC_ORDER is non-zero, return the reverse completion number for each
|
||
node. Returns the number of nodes visited. A depth first search
|
||
tries to get as far away from the starting point as quickly as
|
||
possible. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_depth_first_order_compute (dfs_order, rc_order)
|
||
int *dfs_order;
|
||
int *rc_order;
|
||
{
|
||
edge *stack;
|
||
int sp;
|
||
int dfsnum = 0;
|
||
int rcnum = n_basic_blocks - 1;
|
||
sbitmap visited;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate stack for back-tracking up CFG. */
|
||
stack = (edge *) xmalloc ((n_basic_blocks + 1) * sizeof (edge));
|
||
sp = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate bitmap to track nodes that have been visited. */
|
||
visited = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
|
||
/* None of the nodes in the CFG have been visited yet. */
|
||
sbitmap_zero (visited);
|
||
|
||
/* Push the first edge on to the stack. */
|
||
stack[sp++] = ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ;
|
||
|
||
while (sp)
|
||
{
|
||
edge e;
|
||
basic_block src;
|
||
basic_block dest;
|
||
|
||
/* Look at the edge on the top of the stack. */
|
||
e = stack[sp - 1];
|
||
src = e->src;
|
||
dest = e->dest;
|
||
|
||
/* Check if the edge destination has been visited yet. */
|
||
if (dest != EXIT_BLOCK_PTR && ! TEST_BIT (visited, dest->index))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Mark that we have visited the destination. */
|
||
SET_BIT (visited, dest->index);
|
||
|
||
if (dfs_order)
|
||
dfs_order[dfsnum++] = dest->index;
|
||
|
||
if (dest->succ)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Since the DEST node has been visited for the first
|
||
time, check its successors. */
|
||
stack[sp++] = dest->succ;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* There are no successors for the DEST node so assign
|
||
its reverse completion number. */
|
||
if (rc_order)
|
||
rc_order[rcnum--] = dest->index;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (! e->succ_next && src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
{
|
||
/* There are no more successors for the SRC node
|
||
so assign its reverse completion number. */
|
||
if (rc_order)
|
||
rc_order[rcnum--] = src->index;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (e->succ_next)
|
||
stack[sp - 1] = e->succ_next;
|
||
else
|
||
sp--;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
free (stack);
|
||
sbitmap_free (visited);
|
||
|
||
/* The number of nodes visited should not be greater than
|
||
n_basic_blocks. */
|
||
if (dfsnum > n_basic_blocks)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
/* There are some nodes left in the CFG that are unreachable. */
|
||
if (dfsnum < n_basic_blocks)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
return dfsnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the depth first search order on the _reverse_ graph and
|
||
store in the array DFS_ORDER, marking the nodes visited in VISITED.
|
||
Returns the number of nodes visited.
|
||
|
||
The computation is split into three pieces:
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_init () creates the necessary data
|
||
structures.
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb () adds a basic block to the data
|
||
structures. The block will start the search.
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_execute () continues (or starts) the
|
||
search using the block on the top of the stack, stopping when the
|
||
stack is empty.
|
||
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_finish () destroys the necessary data
|
||
structures.
|
||
|
||
Thus, the user will probably call ..._init(), call ..._add_bb() to
|
||
add a beginning basic block to the stack, call ..._execute(),
|
||
possibly add another bb to the stack and again call ..._execute(),
|
||
..., and finally call _finish(). */
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize the data structures used for depth-first search on the
|
||
reverse graph. If INITIALIZE_STACK is nonzero, the exit block is
|
||
added to the basic block stack. DATA is the current depth-first
|
||
search context. If INITIALIZE_STACK is non-zero, there is an
|
||
element on the stack. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_init (data)
|
||
depth_first_search_ds data;
|
||
{
|
||
/* Allocate stack for back-tracking up CFG. */
|
||
data->stack =
|
||
(basic_block *) xmalloc ((n_basic_blocks - (INVALID_BLOCK + 1))
|
||
* sizeof (basic_block));
|
||
data->sp = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate bitmap to track nodes that have been visited. */
|
||
data->visited_blocks = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks - (INVALID_BLOCK + 1));
|
||
|
||
/* None of the nodes in the CFG have been visited yet. */
|
||
sbitmap_zero (data->visited_blocks);
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add the specified basic block to the top of the dfs data
|
||
structures. When the search continues, it will start at the
|
||
block. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb (data, bb)
|
||
depth_first_search_ds data;
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
{
|
||
data->stack[data->sp++] = bb;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Continue the depth-first search through the reverse graph starting
|
||
with the block at the stack's top and ending when the stack is
|
||
empty. Visited nodes are marked. Returns an unvisited basic
|
||
block, or NULL if there is none available. */
|
||
|
||
static basic_block
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_execute (data)
|
||
depth_first_search_ds data;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
while (data->sp > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bb = data->stack[--data->sp];
|
||
|
||
/* Mark that we have visited this node. */
|
||
if (!TEST_BIT (data->visited_blocks, bb->index - (INVALID_BLOCK + 1)))
|
||
{
|
||
SET_BIT (data->visited_blocks, bb->index - (INVALID_BLOCK + 1));
|
||
|
||
/* Perform depth-first search on adjacent vertices. */
|
||
for (e = bb->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_add_bb (data, e->src);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Determine if there are unvisited basic blocks. */
|
||
for (i = n_basic_blocks - (INVALID_BLOCK + 1); --i >= 0;)
|
||
if (!TEST_BIT (data->visited_blocks, i))
|
||
return BASIC_BLOCK (i + (INVALID_BLOCK + 1));
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Destroy the data structures needed for depth-first search on the
|
||
reverse graph. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_dfs_compute_reverse_finish (data)
|
||
depth_first_search_ds data;
|
||
{
|
||
free (data->stack);
|
||
sbitmap_free (data->visited_blocks);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Find the root node of the loop pre-header extended basic block and
|
||
the blocks along the trace from the root node to the loop header. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_loop_pre_header_scan (loop)
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block ebb;
|
||
|
||
if (loop->num_entries != 1)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Find pre_header root note and trace from root node to pre_header. */
|
||
loop->pre_header_trace = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_zero (loop->pre_header_trace);
|
||
|
||
ebb = loop->entry_edges[0]->src;
|
||
SET_BIT (loop->pre_header_trace, ebb->index);
|
||
while (ebb->pred->src != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& ! ebb->pred->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
ebb = ebb->pred->src;
|
||
SET_BIT (loop->pre_header_trace, ebb->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
loop->pre_header_root = ebb;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return the block for the pre-header of the loop with header
|
||
HEADER where DOM specifies the dominator information. Return NULL if
|
||
there is no pre-header. */
|
||
|
||
static basic_block
|
||
flow_loop_pre_header_find (header, dom)
|
||
basic_block header;
|
||
const sbitmap *dom;
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block pre_header;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
|
||
/* If block p is a predecessor of the header and is the only block
|
||
that the header does not dominate, then it is the pre-header. */
|
||
pre_header = NULL;
|
||
for (e = header->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block node = e->src;
|
||
|
||
if (node != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& ! TEST_BIT (dom[node->index], header->index))
|
||
{
|
||
if (pre_header == NULL)
|
||
pre_header = node;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* There are multiple edges into the header from outside
|
||
the loop so there is no pre-header block. */
|
||
pre_header = NULL;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return pre_header;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add LOOP to the loop hierarchy tree where PREVLOOP was the loop
|
||
previously added. The insertion algorithm assumes that the loops
|
||
are added in the order found by a depth first search of the CFG. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_loop_tree_node_add (prevloop, loop)
|
||
struct loop *prevloop;
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
if (flow_loop_nested_p (prevloop, loop))
|
||
{
|
||
prevloop->inner = loop;
|
||
loop->outer = prevloop;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (prevloop->outer)
|
||
{
|
||
if (flow_loop_nested_p (prevloop->outer, loop))
|
||
{
|
||
prevloop->next = loop;
|
||
loop->outer = prevloop->outer;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
prevloop = prevloop->outer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
prevloop->next = loop;
|
||
loop->outer = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Build the loop hierarchy tree for LOOPS. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
flow_loops_tree_build (loops)
|
||
struct loops *loops;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
int num_loops;
|
||
|
||
num_loops = loops->num;
|
||
if (! num_loops)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
/* Root the loop hierarchy tree with the first loop found.
|
||
Since we used a depth first search this should be the
|
||
outermost loop. */
|
||
loops->tree = &loops->array[0];
|
||
loops->tree->outer = loops->tree->inner = loops->tree->next = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Add the remaining loops to the tree. */
|
||
for (i = 1; i < num_loops; i++)
|
||
flow_loop_tree_node_add (&loops->array[i - 1], &loops->array[i]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Helper function to compute loop nesting depth and enclosed loop level
|
||
for the natural loop specified by LOOP at the loop depth DEPTH.
|
||
Returns the loop level. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loop_level_compute (loop, depth)
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
int depth;
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *inner;
|
||
int level = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (! loop)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Traverse loop tree assigning depth and computing level as the
|
||
maximum level of all the inner loops of this loop. The loop
|
||
level is equivalent to the height of the loop in the loop tree
|
||
and corresponds to the number of enclosed loop levels (including
|
||
itself). */
|
||
for (inner = loop->inner; inner; inner = inner->next)
|
||
{
|
||
int ilevel;
|
||
|
||
ilevel = flow_loop_level_compute (inner, depth + 1) + 1;
|
||
|
||
if (ilevel > level)
|
||
level = ilevel;
|
||
}
|
||
loop->level = level;
|
||
loop->depth = depth;
|
||
return level;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the loop nesting depth and enclosed loop level for the loop
|
||
hierarchy tree specfied by LOOPS. Return the maximum enclosed loop
|
||
level. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
flow_loops_level_compute (loops)
|
||
struct loops *loops;
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
int level;
|
||
int levels = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Traverse all the outer level loops. */
|
||
for (loop = loops->tree; loop; loop = loop->next)
|
||
{
|
||
level = flow_loop_level_compute (loop, 1);
|
||
if (level > levels)
|
||
levels = level;
|
||
}
|
||
return levels;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Find all the natural loops in the function and save in LOOPS structure
|
||
and recalculate loop_depth information in basic block structures.
|
||
FLAGS controls which loop information is collected.
|
||
Return the number of natural loops found. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
flow_loops_find (loops, flags)
|
||
struct loops *loops;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
int b;
|
||
int num_loops;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
sbitmap headers;
|
||
sbitmap *dom;
|
||
int *dfs_order;
|
||
int *rc_order;
|
||
|
||
/* This function cannot be repeatedly called with different
|
||
flags to build up the loop information. The loop tree
|
||
must always be built if this function is called. */
|
||
if (! (flags & LOOP_TREE))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
memset (loops, 0, sizeof (*loops));
|
||
|
||
/* Taking care of this degenerate case makes the rest of
|
||
this code simpler. */
|
||
if (n_basic_blocks == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
dfs_order = NULL;
|
||
rc_order = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Compute the dominators. */
|
||
dom = sbitmap_vector_alloc (n_basic_blocks, n_basic_blocks);
|
||
compute_flow_dominators (dom, NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Count the number of loop edges (back edges). This should be the
|
||
same as the number of natural loops. */
|
||
|
||
num_loops = 0;
|
||
for (b = 0; b < n_basic_blocks; b++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block header;
|
||
|
||
header = BASIC_BLOCK (b);
|
||
header->loop_depth = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (e = header->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block latch = e->src;
|
||
|
||
/* Look for back edges where a predecessor is dominated
|
||
by this block. A natural loop has a single entry
|
||
node (header) that dominates all the nodes in the
|
||
loop. It also has single back edge to the header
|
||
from a latch node. Note that multiple natural loops
|
||
may share the same header. */
|
||
if (b != header->index)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if (latch != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR && TEST_BIT (dom[latch->index], b))
|
||
num_loops++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (num_loops)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Compute depth first search order of the CFG so that outer
|
||
natural loops will be found before inner natural loops. */
|
||
dfs_order = (int *) xmalloc (n_basic_blocks * sizeof (int));
|
||
rc_order = (int *) xmalloc (n_basic_blocks * sizeof (int));
|
||
flow_depth_first_order_compute (dfs_order, rc_order);
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate loop structures. */
|
||
loops->array
|
||
= (struct loop *) xcalloc (num_loops, sizeof (struct loop));
|
||
|
||
headers = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_zero (headers);
|
||
|
||
loops->shared_headers = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_zero (loops->shared_headers);
|
||
|
||
/* Find and record information about all the natural loops
|
||
in the CFG. */
|
||
num_loops = 0;
|
||
for (b = 0; b < n_basic_blocks; b++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block header;
|
||
|
||
/* Search the nodes of the CFG in reverse completion order
|
||
so that we can find outer loops first. */
|
||
header = BASIC_BLOCK (rc_order[b]);
|
||
|
||
/* Look for all the possible latch blocks for this header. */
|
||
for (e = header->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block latch = e->src;
|
||
|
||
/* Look for back edges where a predecessor is dominated
|
||
by this block. A natural loop has a single entry
|
||
node (header) that dominates all the nodes in the
|
||
loop. It also has single back edge to the header
|
||
from a latch node. Note that multiple natural loops
|
||
may share the same header. */
|
||
if (latch != ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR
|
||
&& TEST_BIT (dom[latch->index], header->index))
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *loop;
|
||
|
||
loop = loops->array + num_loops;
|
||
|
||
loop->header = header;
|
||
loop->latch = latch;
|
||
loop->num = num_loops;
|
||
|
||
num_loops++;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_loops; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
struct loop *loop = &loops->array[i];
|
||
int j;
|
||
|
||
/* Keep track of blocks that are loop headers so
|
||
that we can tell which loops should be merged. */
|
||
if (TEST_BIT (headers, loop->header->index))
|
||
SET_BIT (loops->shared_headers, loop->header->index);
|
||
SET_BIT (headers, loop->header->index);
|
||
|
||
/* Find nodes contained within the loop. */
|
||
loop->nodes = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
loop->num_nodes
|
||
= flow_loop_nodes_find (loop->header, loop->latch, loop->nodes);
|
||
|
||
/* Compute first and last blocks within the loop.
|
||
These are often the same as the loop header and
|
||
loop latch respectively, but this is not always
|
||
the case. */
|
||
loop->first
|
||
= BASIC_BLOCK (sbitmap_first_set_bit (loop->nodes));
|
||
loop->last
|
||
= BASIC_BLOCK (sbitmap_last_set_bit (loop->nodes));
|
||
|
||
if (flags & LOOP_EDGES)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Find edges which enter the loop header.
|
||
Note that the entry edges should only
|
||
enter the header of a natural loop. */
|
||
loop->num_entries
|
||
= flow_loop_entry_edges_find (loop->header,
|
||
loop->nodes,
|
||
&loop->entry_edges);
|
||
|
||
/* Find edges which exit the loop. */
|
||
loop->num_exits
|
||
= flow_loop_exit_edges_find (loop->nodes,
|
||
&loop->exit_edges);
|
||
|
||
/* Determine which loop nodes dominate all the exits
|
||
of the loop. */
|
||
loop->exits_doms = sbitmap_alloc (n_basic_blocks);
|
||
sbitmap_copy (loop->exits_doms, loop->nodes);
|
||
for (j = 0; j < loop->num_exits; j++)
|
||
sbitmap_a_and_b (loop->exits_doms, loop->exits_doms,
|
||
dom[loop->exit_edges[j]->src->index]);
|
||
|
||
/* The header of a natural loop must dominate
|
||
all exits. */
|
||
if (! TEST_BIT (loop->exits_doms, loop->header->index))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (flags & LOOP_PRE_HEADER)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Look to see if the loop has a pre-header node. */
|
||
loop->pre_header
|
||
= flow_loop_pre_header_find (loop->header, dom);
|
||
|
||
flow_loop_pre_header_scan (loop);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Natural loops with shared headers may either be disjoint or
|
||
nested. Disjoint loops with shared headers cannot be inner
|
||
loops and should be merged. For now just mark loops that share
|
||
headers. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_loops; i++)
|
||
if (TEST_BIT (loops->shared_headers, loops->array[i].header->index))
|
||
loops->array[i].shared = 1;
|
||
|
||
sbitmap_free (headers);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
loops->num = num_loops;
|
||
|
||
/* Save CFG derived information to avoid recomputing it. */
|
||
loops->cfg.dom = dom;
|
||
loops->cfg.dfs_order = dfs_order;
|
||
loops->cfg.rc_order = rc_order;
|
||
|
||
/* Build the loop hierarchy tree. */
|
||
flow_loops_tree_build (loops);
|
||
|
||
/* Assign the loop nesting depth and enclosed loop level for each
|
||
loop. */
|
||
loops->levels = flow_loops_level_compute (loops);
|
||
|
||
return num_loops;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Update the information regarding the loops in the CFG
|
||
specified by LOOPS. */
|
||
int
|
||
flow_loops_update (loops, flags)
|
||
struct loops *loops;
|
||
int flags;
|
||
{
|
||
/* One day we may want to update the current loop data. For now
|
||
throw away the old stuff and rebuild what we need. */
|
||
if (loops->array)
|
||
flow_loops_free (loops);
|
||
|
||
return flow_loops_find (loops, flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return non-zero if edge E enters header of LOOP from outside of LOOP. */
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
flow_loop_outside_edge_p (loop, e)
|
||
const struct loop *loop;
|
||
edge e;
|
||
{
|
||
if (e->dest != loop->header)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
return (e->src == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
|
||
|| ! TEST_BIT (loop->nodes, e->src->index);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Clear LOG_LINKS fields of insns in a chain.
|
||
Also clear the global_live_at_{start,end} fields of the basic block
|
||
structures. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
clear_log_links (insns)
|
||
rtx insns;
|
||
{
|
||
rtx i;
|
||
int b;
|
||
|
||
for (i = insns; i; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
|
||
if (INSN_P (i))
|
||
LOG_LINKS (i) = 0;
|
||
|
||
for (b = 0; b < n_basic_blocks; b++)
|
||
{
|
||
basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK (b);
|
||
|
||
bb->global_live_at_start = NULL;
|
||
bb->global_live_at_end = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_end = NULL;
|
||
EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->global_live_at_start = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Given a register bitmap, turn on the bits in a HARD_REG_SET that
|
||
correspond to the hard registers, if any, set in that map. This
|
||
could be done far more efficiently by having all sorts of special-cases
|
||
with moving single words, but probably isn't worth the trouble. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
reg_set_to_hard_reg_set (to, from)
|
||
HARD_REG_SET *to;
|
||
bitmap from;
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP
|
||
(from, 0, i,
|
||
{
|
||
if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
||
return;
|
||
SET_HARD_REG_BIT (*to, i);
|
||
});
|
||
}
|